Home

Owner`s Manual - Dealer e

1. 0 cceeee 4 43 2 Headlamp a an ae oss A sever se 7 69 e SUNTOON e E eae 4 36 S Foglignt a tener serra TCE 7 Wiper bade t n a 7 36 4 Tires and wheels cccccsssesceeeseees WD FEL AANE E e E A EE A 4 26 K The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW Il E Rear 4Door _ 5 Door 9 DOOM erection tern A E eee 4 17 ISR Rear wiper blado m na an 7 37 10 F ekfillerlid S T eee 4 33 14 Center high mounted stop light 7 79 11 Rear combination lamp k ana 7 73 15 Rear window defroster cee 4 87 12 TEMPS EN HUI a e 4 24 16 Antenna ee er oes eens 4 125 The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Door lock unlock button eee 4 18 2 Central door lock sWitch 4 19 3 Power window switches 4 26 4 Power window lock button 4 29 5 Outside rearview mirror control SWIC aeee eea a A 4 44 6 Hood release lever 4 31 7 Fuel filler lid release lever 4 33 8 Trunk lid release lever 4 door 4 22 9 Steering Wheeler eee eee 4 40 10 Steering wheel tilt control lever 4 41 11 Active ECO button 12 Instrument panel illumination control SWIICH eee een rete eee 4 47 TG BSG OVATE OUNO eona 5 27 14 Heated steering wheel switch Ut
2. OAM049103N Rear window wiper and wash er switch 5 door The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer ON Normal wiper operation INT Intermittent wiper operation if equipped OFF Wiper is not in operation OXM049125 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1 3 cycles The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when the engine is not running It may cause battery discharge OAM049052 Map lamp if equipped 1 Push the lens to turn the light on or off 2 DOOR The light comes on or goes off when a door is opened or closed 3 OFF Door switch is not pressed The light stays off at all times even when a door is opened When the light is turned on with the lens pressed the light is not turned off even with the switch in the OFF position OUB041098 Room lamp 1 ON The light stays on at all times 2 DOOR The light comes on or off when a door is opened or closed 3 OFF The light stays off at all times even when a door is opened Do not leave the switch in the ON position for an extended period of time when the vehicle is not running Soca acto ete eee Ss So atesesceeecese se
3. OUB055083K To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures e Move the lever 1 down to SET and hold it Your vehicle will gradu ally slow down Release the lever at the speed you want to maintain SEEE EE E AE EEE E E S A E E Driving your vehicle Move the lever 1 down to SET and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the lever is operated in this manner To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with the cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator E Type A OUB055087K OUB055086K To cancel cruise control do one of the following e Depress the brake pedal e Depress the clutch pedal with a manual transaxle e Shift into N Neutral with an auto matic transaxle e Press the CANCEL switch e Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 9 mph 15 km h Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 25 mph 40 km h Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument clus ter will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation move the lever up to RES You will return
4. 5 57 Tire and loading information label eetere eeren 5 56 Towing Capacity ssssssesssssessssssssssssesenessssssasssnssenes 5 57 Vehicle capacity weight sssssssssssesenesesssessesnesenes 5 56 Vehicle stability management VSM erereeeerereneee 5 31 Volume weight ssssssssssssessesesesesssessessssesenesssssssesseesees 8 6 Base curb weight s s ssssssssssssssesssesesenesesssaessnesenes 5 61 Cargo Weight ss ssssssssesseseesssssssssseesesenesessasasssnssenes 5 61 GAW Gross axle weight s ssssssessesesssesssseesenes 5 61 GAWR Gross axle weight rating eee 5 61 GVW Gross vehicle weight tess 5 61 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating eeeeeeeeeeeeeee 5 61 Vehicle curb weight sssssssesssssseesesesessssstsesnesenes 5 61 W Warning and indicators setetest tretten 4 59 Washer fluide ritea ra nan ie E Erai 7 40 Weight volume eetteeeeeteeeertteeeesreeesessseeeessseessssseessssneeesneee 8 6 Wheel alignment and tire balance eretet 7 54 Wheel replacement ssesssssesssssssssessesenesesssassensnsnes 7 56 Widows ssessssersececscevsscdisssssssvescosssstsoesecsseses issit ies ei 4 26 Auto down WiNdOW ssenarisi irasait his cinien 4 27 Auto up down window o sssesssssssssesseesesenesassnssseees 4 28 Power window lock Dutton 1 sseeeeseeeeseessesetseeeseseeaees 4 29 Windshield defrosting and defogging e 4 109 Windshield defrosting and defogging Defogging logic s sssss
5. 85 x 81 mm Compressor weight 1 62 lbs 0 06 lbs 735 g 25 g Sealant volume 12 2 cu in 200 ml io scce nese ss eee ene eee ee ee ease teen esas eee eel a AE eae eee es ete eae sea see enema ce aoe cee eee E oo Meee eee ease eee ee ee ee eee aoe What to do in an emergenc TOWING A EM A yN Jz OED066011 Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a commer cial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing procedures are neces sary to prevent damage to the vehi cle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended For trailer towing guidelines informa tion refer to Trailer towing in sec tion 5 It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground without dollies and the front wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or sus pension components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lifted not the rear CAUTION Towing Do not tow the vehicle back wards with the front wheels on the ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle e Do not tow with sling type equipment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment What to do in an emergenc When towing your vehic
6. Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steer ing effort or looseness in the steer ing wheel or change in the straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when traveling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transaxle occurs check the transaxle fluid level Check the automatic transaxle P Park function Check the parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal Maintenance ee es At least monthly e Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir e Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn signals and hazard warning flash ers e Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall Check the radiator heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid Check the headlight alignment Check the muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tires and loose wheel lu
7. Continued Continued e If the transmitter is in close proxim ity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the trans mitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making calls receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain ade quate distance between the two devices Features of your vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty OXM043004 Battery replacement A battery should last for several years If the transmitter or smart key is not working properly first try replacing the battery If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia deal
8. NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESC ESC OFF ESC or Parking brake warn ing light may turn on for a few sec onds This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning Auto Stop A OUB051007 Auto stop To stop the engine in idle stop mode Stop the vehicle completely by pressing the brake pedal The idle stop mode activates in case e The vehicle speed has exceeded 5 mph 8 km h at least once and the shift lever is in the D Drive or N Neutral position The engine will stop and the green AUTO STOP indicator a on the instrument cluster will illuminate If your vehicle is equipped with the type B cluster the notice will illumi nate on the LCD display Driving your vehicle Auto Start Deactivated Start Manually OUB051021 If you open the engine hood in auto stop mode the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and ISG system is deactivated If your vehicle is equipped with the type B cluster the notice will illuminate on the LCD dis play Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine manually Auto start To restart the engine from idle stop mode The engine restarts from the idle stop mode when Releasing the brake pedal e Moving the shift lever to R Reverse position or sports mode with the brake pedal depressed e Moving the shift lever
9. OUB041062 Illumination intensity The illumination intensity of the instrument panel is shown when adjusting it with the illumination con trol switch For more details refer to Instrument panel illumination in section 4 User Settings Car Option ule llai ialelarer EXIT OUB041069 User Settings only for Type B cluster if equipped 1 Stop the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ON position or engine running 2 Press the TRIP button until the User setting is displayed 3 With the User setting displayed press the TRIP button for 2 sec onds 4 You can change the item by press ing the TRIP button and select an item by pressing the RESET but ton Features of your vehicle User Settings Maintenance EXIT OUB041064 Car option only for Type B cluster if equipped 1 When the vehicle is at a standstill pressing the TRIP button for more than 2 seconds with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position or engine running the LCD display on the cluster will change to the User Setting mode You can move to items by pressing the TRIP button and select the item by pressing the RESET button 2 In the User Setting mode select Vehicle Option 3 Move TRIP button to the desired item and select RESET button Align Steering Wheel ON C OFF OUB041065 Align steering wheel Steering position if equipped On The warning illuminates on the LCD display when the steering
10. If the occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warning light on the instru ment panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is con nected with the occupant detection system If there is a malfunction of the occupant detection system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator will not illuminate and the pas senger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat Driver s front air bag Passenger s front air bag OUB031027 Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with an Advanced Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passen ger seating position Safety features of your vehicle The indications of the system s pres ence are the letters AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and the pas senger s side front panel pad above the glove box The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt sys tem alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gather information about the driver s seat position the driver s and front p
11. OUB042070 OUB042071 OUB041072 Maintenance schedule Engine Oil Tire Rotation Service 2 If you would like to reset or inacti 1 Select the desired engine oil tire Required vate the maintenance system rotation maintenance schedule 1 If service is required the message Ppress the RESET button for more 2 If finished you can come out of the will be displayed ihan second The display wil Maintenance mode by pressing the change 10 Ergine Gil Senmice TRIP button for more than 2 sec Meera modes onds You can move to items by pressing the TRIP button and select the desired item by pressing the RESET button Features of your vehicle Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any warning lights are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the park ing brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will stay on if the fuel level is low Air bag warning light ec ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON position This light also comes on when the Supplement Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the air bag warning light does not come on
12. OUB051016 Parking brake Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then without pressing the release button in pull the parking brake lever up as far as possible In addition it is recommend ed that when parking the vehicle on a grade the shift lever should be positioned in the appropriate low gear for manual transaxle vehicles or in the P Park position for automatic transaxle vehicles A CAUTION Parking brake Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad or lining and brake rotor wear OUB051017 Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly press the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 while holding the button Driving your vehicle If at all possible stop driving the vehicle immediately If that is not pos sible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only con tinue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe location or repair shop Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine This light will illumi nate when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remains on after
13. Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a Se NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 75 000 miles or 60 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped Continued Continued 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts QO Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires includin
14. The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic sys tem designed to help the driver main tain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors includ ing speed road conditions and driv er steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in pre venting a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a cor responding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active ESC operation ESC ON condition e When the ignition is turned z ON ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately 3 sec onds then ESC is turned on Press the ESC OFF but ton for at least half a sec ond after turning the igni tion ON to turn ESC off ESC OFF indicator will illuminate To turn the ESC on press the ESC OFF button ESC OFF indicator light will go off When starting the engine you may hear a slight tick ing sound This is the ESC performing an automatic system self check and does not indicate a prob lem Driving your vehicle When operating When the ESC is in opera tion ESC indicator light ee blinks e When the Electronic Stability Control is operat ing properly you can feel
15. The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C cor responds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labora tory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascal kPa Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transaxle power seats and air con ditioning Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees t
16. Crash Pad Switch ESC Module PCB Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay B UP LAMP 10A Back Up Lamp Switch ABS 10A Maintenance a eee Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected Vehicle Speed Sensor Stop Lamp Switch Inverter ae 10A A C Control Module HAZARD 15A Hazard Switch BCM PDM 1 25A Smart Key Control Module SUNROOF 15A Sunroof Motor Immobilizer Module Start Stop Button Switch PDM 2 10 Smart Key Control Module ECU 15A Smart Key Control Module Immobilizer Module ECM PCM Transaxle Range Switch BCM Smart Key Control Module Driver CCS Seat Warmer Module IG2 10A Cluster lonizer Rain Sensor A C Control Module Sunroof Motor PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay Head Lamp HI Relay Fuel Pump 1 Relay Multifunction Switch Front Wiper Motor WIRERPAT ER PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Rain Sensor Relay Front Wiper Relay DOOR LOCK 20A Door Lock Unlock Relay Tail Gate Unlock Relay Two Turn Unlock Relay SAFETY POWER 25A Driver Safety Power Window Module WINDOW Seat Warmer Switch Driver CCS Seat Warmer Module SIHEATER 19A Passenger Seat Warmer Module FOLD G MIRR 10A Power Outside Mirror Switch BCM Door Warning Switch Tire Pressure Monitoring Module ROOM LAMP 10A Instrument Cluster Digital Clock A C Control Module Luggage Lamp Maintenance a Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected With ISG Low DC DC Conve
17. Driving your vehicle In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping dis tance however will be much greater than normal Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes if equipped You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur when ever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or lightly apply the brakes This is nor mal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION Replace brake pedal Do not continue to drive with worn brake pads Continuing to drive with worn brake pads can damage the braking system and result in costly brake repairs Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Rear drum brakes if equipped Your rear drum brakes do not have wear indicators Therefore have the rear brake linings inspected if you hear a rubbing noise Also have your rear brakes inspected each time you change or rotate your tires and when you have the front brakes replaced Pio scceaeses Senet eee asec eos e teen see eee teeta cena Ste see ee eee n te eae eas eee Neate aoe cee aes ae ease es eee eee oS Seen eee e ema a nen ce eee eee Driving your vehicle
18. HBRHRHRHHRHHBRHHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHEHBEHER HEHEHE RE HRE RRR RE RR eReRRRR RRR RR RRR RRRR RRR RR eRRR RR eRe eR eRe eee ee ee gt gt OWNER S MANUAL LOADING TM rise The Power to Surp CULE CG lerrec Kia THE COMPANY Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle As a global car manufacturer focused on building high quality value for money prices Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that exceeds your expectations All information contained in this Owner s Manual was accurate at the time of publication However Kia reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be carried out This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your specific Kia vehicle Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD aS Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle When you require service remember that your Kia Dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools genuine Kia replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle if it is sold This manual will familiarize you with oper
19. What to do in an emergency You may not be able to identify a low tire by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile 1 6 km in that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measur ing the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pressure The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road debris If you feel any vehicle instability immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes gradu ally and with light force and slowly move to a safe position off the road NOTICE Tampering with modifying or dis abling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS components may interfere with the system s ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and or TPMS malfunc tions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS compo nents may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accep
20. Wireless Technology is described in the Audio system sec tion Features of your vehicle I OUB041165 Aux USB and iPod if equipped If your vehicle has an AUX and or USB universal serial bus port you can use an AUX port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod iPod mobile digital device sold sep arately Connectivity may require use of the Kia accessory cable When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device FM reception IONOSPHERE JBM001 How vehicle audio works AM and FM radio signals are broad cast from transmitter towers located around your city They are intercept ed by the radio antenna on your vehi cle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the distance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the presence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area Pio sceeaeses ose eeete Mec a a E terete cee Ste Aa n a a a a a eases a a a a A aaa a a ee Features of
21. acid in bat teries Keep batieries out of the reach of children because batteries con tain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID and electrolytes Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Wear eye protection when charging or work ing near a battery Always provide ventila tion when working in an enclosed space Maintenance Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel pain or burning sensation get medical attention imme diately An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation The battery contains lead Do not dispose of it after use Please return the battery to an authorized Kia dealer to be recycled A WARNING Recharging battery Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected When you don t use the vehicle for a long time in the low temperature area separate the battery and keep it indoors A WARNING California proposition 65 Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds c
22. cold tablets etc Safety features of your vehicle Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height as the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this rea son the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended OUB031043N Seatback pocket Rear seat adjustment The seatback pocket is provided on Headrest the back of the front passenger s seatback The rear seat is equipped with head rests in all the seating positions for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides com fort for passengers but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision To help maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head fio sce aeses sae c ene cee eee ease teense eee eee eet AE EE ene ce aoe cee E A n nee eee ese eee eset se eee eee Safety features of your vehicle wd OUB031016N Adjusting the height up and down if equipped To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 OUB031017N Removal and installation To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the rel
23. n NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty Where both mileage and time are shown the fre quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first 7 500 miles or 6 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 14 3 4 5 6 7 8 S a a S S ae 9 Steering operation and linkage Suspension mounting bolts Continued Continued Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt lf TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use
24. 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt 8 or 7 position Features of your vehicle Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driv er alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air conditioning system and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature Air conditioning Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant 1 Start the engine Press the air con ditioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air posi tion 4 Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the
25. Fahrenheit to Centigrade If the battery has been discharged or disconnected the temperature mode display will reset to Centigrade OUB045127 Air intake control This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control posi tion press the control button Recirculated air position With the recirculated air gt i position selected air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heat ing system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected 4 Features of your vehicle x NOTICE r i Prolonged operation of the heater in WARNING m the recirculated air position without with AC on air conditioning selected may cause Do not sleep in a vehicle with fogging of the windshield and side the air conditioning or heating windows and the air within the pas System on as this may cause senger compartment may become serious harm or death due to a stale drop in the oxygen level and or In addition prolonged use of the air body temperature conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger A WARNING Recirculated OQUB045130 compartment air Fan speed control
26. Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Ere S aH 3 4 5 6 y Continued Continued 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace air cleaner filter Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter imme diately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommen
27. This indicator also blinks when the hazard warning switch is turned on High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the headlights are on and in the high beam position or when the turn sig nal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Front fog light indicator if equipped 0 The indicator illuminates when the front fog lights ON Tail light indicator ADIGE This indicator illuminates when the tail lights are on Features of your vehicle Engine oil pressure warning light This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driving 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION Engine damage If the engine is not stopped immediately after the engine oil pressure warning light is illumi nated and stays on while the engine is running serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pres sure warning light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunction Parking brake amp brake fluid warning
28. Wireless Technology AUDIO What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology allows devices to be connected in a short dis tance including hands free devices stereo headsets wireless remote con trollers etc For more information visit the Bluetooth Wireless Technology website at www Bluetooth com Before using Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features e Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio may not be supported depend ing on the compatibility of your Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone Features of your vehicle e The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology e Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used only when the Audio Streaming of Phone is turned COn K Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Streaming Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Audio Streaming through the TUNE knob Set EDES Starting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio e Press the key to change the mode in order of CD USB gt AUX gt My Music BT Audio e If BT Audio
29. bicy cles or any other type of tires When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0 24 in 6 mm Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres sure Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min ata time or it may overheat Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 22 F 30 C What to do in an emergenc OAM060015L Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 0 Speed restriction label 1 Sealant bottle and speed restriction 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 3 Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection label with 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 5 Compressor 6 On off switch 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure 8 Screw cap for reducing tire infla tion pressure 9 Hose to connect compressor and sealant bottle o
30. eesssessessessesenessansssenss 5 49 Driving in flooded areas ssssssssssesssssesenessssesseess 5 50 Driving in the rain sssssssssssssseesessssssessessesenasaeanaesenss 5 50 Hazardous driving conditions eetet 5 48 Highway driving eesessessesessesenessesessenss 5 51 Rocking the veliicle 1 ss ssssessssessessessesenestsssessenss 5 48 Smooth cornering sssesssessessessesssesseeseseneseessasaessees 5 49 Speedometer s ssssssesesssessessessesseesssssssessessnsenasassnassnes 4 47 Sports mode o ss ssssssssesssessessessesenesessssssessessesenesasassssenss 5 18 SRS components and functions eerte 3 34 Starting difficulties see engine will not start 6 4 Steering Wheel sssssssssesssssessesssesssssssessesstsenesaesnassenes 4 40 Electric power steering ssessesessessesseesesenestsssnenes 4 40 PAG H ii sis cesses E EE E RE E EE 4 42 Tilt amp Telescoping steering erette ttet t 4 41 Steering wheel audio Control esses 4 126 Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit e17 5 57 Index r Storage Compartment ete tttttretetttttttteerett ettette tetee 4 114 Center console Storage ereettttteerttttttttteertset trett tet 4 114 En A E E E 4 115 Glove boxcar o erine penie deipio ite TNE EE 4 114 Luggage Met seeeeerrttttteterttttttetrrrettttteensnsen tetette 4 115 Luggage tray eeeeerttttttetrerttttttttreertttteentnserttttt tenne 4 116 Ia O r E AE T E E ET 4 36 a T E E E E
31. element more often than the usual er removed this will result in recommended intervals Refer to excessive engine wear Maintenance under severe usage When removing the air cleaner conditions in this section filter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result e Use a Kia genuine part Use of nongenuine part could dam 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner age the air flow sensor 3 Replace the air cleaner filter 4 Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips Maintenance CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER IF added Filter inspection j The climate control air filter should be replaced according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it performing the fol lowing procedure and be careful to l avoid damaging other components OUB041142 Filter replacement 2 Remove the climate control air fil ter cover while pressing the lock T Opon ine GIOVE BOX on the right side of the cover 3 Push the right side of the climate control air filter and pull the cli mate control air filter out S E E EE EE E AE EEE E E E A EE E Maintenance OMG079027 4 Replace the climate control air fil ter 5 Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly When replacing the
32. impact accidents as well as low speed impacts Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor 2 Front impact sensor Safety features of your vehicle Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar where side collision sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Installing aftermarket bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deploy ment performance 1VQA2084 Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in a frontal collision depending on the intensity speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle i OLM032311L X The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Side air bags Side air bags side impact and or curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Although the front air bags driver s and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate in frontal colli sions they also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient frontal force in another type of impact Side impact and cur
33. individual trips selected since the last tripmeter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 miles 0 0 to 999 9 km Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being dis played clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 m Type A m Type B Dis Bando ED B OQUB041052N Distance to empty This mode indicates the estimated distance to empty based on the cur rent fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 1 miles 1 km will be displayed and the distance to empty indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 1 to 990 miles 1 to 999 km Features of your vehicle If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupted the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehicle The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary signifi cantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle The distance to empty value is an estimate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance avail able m Type A m Type B cR AVG Fuol Economy OUB041053N Average fuel consumption This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the tota
34. position or remove the key from the ignition com pletely before performing work on the vehicle in the engine area Failure to do so could result in serious injuries due to sudden engine reactivation io SceS neces se ee ete e cease ease teen esas Reet eee te cee See seeea tae eee eee eee aes a se Soe cee See oe a eee eee es oo Meee A ence ema ew ec enemies aoe Driving your vehicle NOTICE If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced ISG function will not operate immediately If you want to use the ISG function the battery sensor needs to be cali brated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off and then turn the engine on and off 2 or 3 times Driving your vehicle ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED e If Active ECO is turned off it will Limitation of Active ECO oper return to the normal mode ation WAR I 0uB051066N Active ECO operation Active ECO helps improve fuel effi ciency by controlling the engine and transaxle But fuel efficiency can be changed by the driver s driving habits and road conditions e When the Active ECO button is pressed the ECO indicator green will illuminate to show that the Active ECO is operating When the Active ECO is activated it does not turn off even though the engine is restarted again To turn off the system press the active ECO button again If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even
35. prevent it from rattling 3 Lower the hood until it is about 1 ft 30 cm above the closed position and let it drop Make sure that it locks into place The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole whenever you inspect the engine compartment This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID Da i OUBO41024 Opening the fuel filler lid The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel filler lid opener If the fuel filler lid does not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radiator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt OUB041025 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull the fuel filler lid opener up 3 Pull open the fuel filler lid 1 4 To remove the cap 2 turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks one time This indi cates that the cap is securely one time tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lightly and make sure that it is securely closed A WARNING Refueling Always remove the fuel cap carefully and slowly If the cap
36. re not prepared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the dis tance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windshield wiping equipment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield e If your tires are not in good condi tion making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you Driving too fast through large pud dles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them sev eral times while the vehicle is moving slowly Driving your vehicle Driving off road Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are go
37. s ssssessssssssssssesseesssenssssssessssnassssnasanaseanes 7 77 Dichipot een eneen ei E aek 4 77 Battery saver function ssssesssessessessesenessssessenes 4 77 Lower AL CHOT sss sensesesessncesezucssnccuscosevesesnesevbesvevtasevesseceoesee 3 29 Lubricants and capacities eetere 8 7 Luggage Net ssssssssssssesssssessesesessssessessessesesesssssssessnesees 4 115 Luggage tray s sssssssssssessessesssesssssesseesssssssessnesesenesasassenes 4 116 M Mainitenances s sssscssssseessssevsssevocecassasssctsevevsosevsasvasseven 4 57 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 32 Maintenance ServiCes rr s escresssesseecseesseseeseseeesenseneeeees 7 4 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 30 Normal maintenance schedule 1 seseeseeseesesseeseesenes 7 9 Owner maintenance ceecssesseecseeesesceseeeeeeesseneeeees 7 6 Scheduled maintenance Service eetere 7 8 Tire maintenance si isitishe iiiipii kibiti ei eieaa 7 56 Index r Maintenance schedule ee eeeeeeeerereersreerrersrrerereersreesee 7 8 Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 30 Normal maintenance schedulle e ceeeereeereereeeeeereeeees 7 9 Maintenance Seryjceg ee eeeteterterrrrerrrrerrersereerereerereet 7 4 Manual climate control system 4 88 Air conditioning sssessesseseeseseneseesssstessnesees 4 94 Climate control air filteres eree erre eerereereerereerrees 4 96 Heating and air conditioning ettette 4 89 Manual tr
38. wheel is not aligned with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position Off The warning does not illuminate on the LCD display when the steering wheel is not aligned with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position Celsius O Fahrenheit OUB041066 Outside temperature unit if equipped You can exchange the outside tem perature unit C lt gt F Features of your vehicle Language Settings Maintenance User Settings Car Option PRO Engine Oil Maintenance O English Tire Rotation EXIT O Deutsch OUB041067 OUB042068 OUB041069 Language Maintenance system Maintenance Choose a language you prefer within only for Type B cluster 1 When the vehicle is at a standstill the LCD display if equipped pressing the TRIP button for more The Maintenance system informs the than 2 seconds with the ENGINE driver when to replace engine oil and START STOP button in the ON ires position or engine running the ees LCD display on the cluster will change to the User Setting mode You can move to the items by pressing the TRIP button and select the item by pressing the RESET button 2 In the User Setting mode select Maintenance Features of your vehicle Z ___Tire Retotion Engine Oil ead S ok Set Tire Service a eee olate Tire ange Engine Ol q Notify Loter Notify Later OFF i OFF i Maintenance Reset Maintenance Reset 09000 km 05000 km N Reser MESET RESET EAE OFF OFF eo j l ri
39. 3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country you are able to use API service SL Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Recommended SAE viscosity number Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged Engine oil viscosity thickness has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operation engine start and engine oil flowability Lower viscosi ty engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather perform ance however higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfac tory lubrication in hot weather Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage When choosing an oil consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the rec ommended oil viscosity from the chart Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature 49 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 Gasoline 10W 30 Engine Oil 5W 20 5W 30 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 API S
40. 6 7 8 eet Continued Continued Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter imme diately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives X Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance eee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 37 500 miles or 30 months U Inspect air cleaner filter QO Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on h
41. 7 32 Engine OMe wee eye crt E A oka ocho key AES 7 35 Engine coolant ocsess conoseere sn sysore eaters a 7 36 Brake clutch fluid emoncaomoe com E o ood 7 39 Automatic transaxle fluid 7 40 Washer Aid rr e ee e e 7 40 Parking prake scs sssssssssesasesssssosass 7 41 Air CLEATOR S616 525 654 6007 5 ace 8 40s 6 0 scars aig severe oe 7 41 Climate control air filter 66 7 43 Wiper DIAS oso 55 5056545550575 65a sr sceis sisi cave arene 7 45 BAIN ssjereiotoereiesisreiere aiaietel A oie 7 48 Mires and wheels aaeeea a encore crease 7 51 SAMICE CALE eee E E E E 7 51 e Recommended cold tire inflation pressures 7 51 e Checking tire inflation pressure 7 52 e Tire rotation ssc eessei seiso soor o nione SE sien ois 7 53 e Wheel alignment and tire balance 7 54 Fire replacement meee aeee eee cere secre 7 55 e VWheelreplacement aae a e R 7 56 eMire tracion ea a e E E ele rere 7 56 MUTE mMmaintenances e meene eee een e E E 7 56 lt Tiresidewallllabeling m en eeen eae restores 7 56 e Tire terminology and definitions 7 60 C AlliSeasonitiresiecs a e eee E A S 7 62 S SUNMMEr EES aeee colle seis E E E E 7 62 SNOW GIRS ss 55475 7 5 1098 6 i016 SEE EE EES 7 62 e Tire chains ssesicccsessossesoe essais tse suavaiee 7 63 Radial DIY tires eae A etcetera 7 63 Fuses moea SSE e EE TE S NE 7 65 e Instrument panel fuse replacement 7 66
42. Contacts The list of saved phone book entries is displayed NOTE Find a contact in an alphabetical order press the key e Up to 1 000 contacts saved in your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone can be downloaded into the car contacts Contacts that have been downloaded to the car cannot be edited or deleted on the phone Mobile phone contacts are man aged separately for each paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device max 5 devices x 1 000 con tacts each Previously down loaded data is maintained even if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device has been disconnected However the contacts and call history saved to the phone will be deleted if a paired phone is delet ed e It is possible to download contacts during Bluetooth streaming audio When downloading contacts the icon will be displayed within the status bar e It is not possible to begin download ing a contact list when the contact download feature has been turned off within the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device In addition some devices may require device authori zation upon attempting to download contacts If downloading does not normally occur check the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device settings or the screen state The contacts download feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information of sup ported Bluetooth devices and func tion support refer to your phone s user s manual Se a a a a E
43. Crankcase emission control System esereeeeees 7 98 Evaporative emission control System sseseeeees 7 98 Exhaust emission control system e 7 99 Engine sss sssssessesseessssssssessessssensnseseseasessnssnssnesssaassanass 8 2 Engine compartment s ssssesssssessessessesenesssssesseseesenes 2 6 Engine compartment panel fuse settee 7 68 Engine coolant ss ssssssessessessessessssssessessesenasassnsssessneses 7 36 Engine coolcant temperature gaugeseeeeeeeeerererreeeees 4 47 Engine number ess sssssessesseesesseesssssssseseesesssssssesnesenenes 8 10 Engine dilenen lonnen a N 7 35 Engine overheats eeeeeeeeetteeeeereeeesssteeeesstessssseeesssneeesneeee 6 8 Engine START STOP button ss ssssssssssessesessseteeeesteees 5 7 Engine will not starte eeeeeeeeeeeesteeeeesseeesssseeessesneessereeessna 6 4 Evaporative emission control System ss reseeeeeeees 7 98 Exhaust emission control systemerne 7 99 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items e 7 32 xtenor CAG Hein sssceshcessvecsccsssocussccssnessckeossssvscnsaseesdassenies 7 91 Exterior OVErViCw L enrr irer ieiti Enner E EEr ii 2 2 Exterior o yerview evs ssseeseeerseeseeeeeeceseeesseceseeseaeeeeeeeeeees 2 3 F Flat tire with spare tire s sssesssesessesseeeeeesseeeees 6 14 TAC and tools peress espetos ae eesi Ter E EEEE EEY 6 14 Changing tireseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeessreeeeesseeesssseeesssseeesserreesnerreens 6 15 Compact spare
44. FUEL REQUIREMENTS Your new Kia vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R M 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Do not use methanol blend ed fuels Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as mini mize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling CAUTION Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been speci fied Consult an authorized Kia dealer for details NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise the fuel cap open warning indicator R light will illu minate Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alco hol and gasoline or gasohol con taining methanol also known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Pursuant to EPA regulations ethanol may be used in your vehicle Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Ethanol provides less energy than gasoline and it attracts water and it is thus likely to reduce your fuel efficiency and could lower your MPG results Methanol may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system engine control system and emission control system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle
45. Follow these steps to try again 1 Within the mobile phone turn the Bluetooth function off on and try again 2 Turn the mobile phone power Off On and try again 3 Reboot the audio system and try again 4 Delete all paired devices pair and try again Handsfree call quality and volume may differ depending on the model of your mobile phone Features of your vehicle Voice Recognition if equipped When using the voice recognition feature only commands listed within the user s manual are sup ported Be aware that during the operation of the voice recognition system pressing any key other than the key terminate voice recogni tion mode For optimal voice recognition per formance position your head below the microphone above the drivers seat and maintain proper position when speaking voice com mands Within the following situations voice recognition may not function properly due to external sound When the windows and sunroof are open When the blower AC heater is set to high When entering and passing through tunnels Continued Continued When driving on rugged and uneven roads During severe rain heavy rains windstorms Phone related voice commands can be used only when a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is con nected When making calls by stating a name the corresponding contact must be downloaded and stored within the audio system After downloading the Bluetooth
46. Manual type To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A 1 ee i rA 5 xO00rpm 3 1 Tachometer E j 2 Turn signal indicators eam si A 3 3 Speedometer ga 8888 a2 mE x 4 Fuel gauge gt 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge 6 Warning and indicator lights 7 Shift position indicator A T or Manual transaxle shift indicator M T 8 Odometer Trip computer Tape x1000 rpm The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Bc For more details refer to the Gauges in TRIP A a the next pages 50 5 mi 40 F OUB044036N OUB042037N Features of your vehicle OUB041038 Instrument panel illumination When the vehicle s parking lights or headlights are on push upward or downward the illumination control knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination The brightness of the instrument panel Type B illumination can be adjusted by rotating the control knob when the ignition switch is in ON position OUB041044 Gauges Speedometer The speedometer indicates the for ward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in miles per hour and or kilometers per hour OUB041045N Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revo lutions per minute rpm Use the ta
47. Number VIN to verify coverage at the time of your call The VIN can be found on the dash of your vehicle on the driver s side on the door jamb of the dri ver s door your vehicle s registration or proof of insur ance card Kia utilizes a network of over 30 000 roadside assistance providers Should you accidentally run out of fuel require a battery jump or need help changing a tire a Kia Roadside Assistance Representative will dispatch some one to deliver a small quantity of gas change a flat tire with your inflated spare or arrange a battery jump to allow you to proceed to your destination We have access to a network of over 10 000 locksmiths to help you should you become locked out of your Kia In the event that mechanical difficulty renders your vehi cle undriveable due to a warranty related concern Kia s Roadside Assistance Representative will arrange to transport your vehicle to the nearest Kia dealer or to an alternative service location Your vehicle must be accessible to our dispatch transport vehicle as determined by our driver to receive this service add Roadside Assistance is subject to the terms conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable to your model year vehicle Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects NOTICE Roadside Assistance benefits are not available for any Kia vehicle that has ever been or should be issue
48. Recognition While system waits for a command gt Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The command wait state is immedi ately ended and the beep tone will sound After the beep say the voice command Jie sce aeses es eecese tees O EEE ce eee t eet a AE tease eee sete eae Sa see ese ce tae cet eee E e soo Meee eeseeceee nce ee E Features of your vehicle ENDING VOICE RECOGNITION While Voice Recognition is operating gt Press and hold the key on the steering remote controller e While using voice command press ing any steering wheel control or a different key will end voice com mand e When the system is waiting for a voice command say cancel or end to end voice command e When the system is waiting for a voice command press and hold the key on the steering wheel to end voice command Voice Recognition and Phone Contact Tips The Kia Voice Recognition System may have difficulty understanding some accents or uncommon names When using Voice Recognition to place a call speak in a moderate tone with clear pronunciation To maximize the use of Voice Recognition consider these guidelines when storing contacts Use full names vs short or single syllable names John Smith vs Dad Smith Residence vs Home Avoid using special characters or hyphens amp etc Avoid using acronyms In Case Emergency vs ICE Spe
49. Repeat Random Information and Search features Repeat Press the key gt Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song X Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key gt Set RDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order K Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key gt Set GInfo through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song K Press the key to turn off info display Search Press the key gt Set 4 Search through the TUNE knob or key Displays iPod category list Searching iPod category is key pressed move to par ent category Features of your vehicle MENU My Music Mode In My Music mode press the key to set the Repeat Random Information Delete Delete All and Delete Selection features Repeat Press the key gt Set MRPT through the TUNE knob or key Repeats the currently playing song Press RPT again to turn repeat off Random Press the key gt Set RDM through the TUNE knob or key Plays all songs in random order K Press RDM again to turn random off Information Press the key gt Set lnfo through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the key gt Set Delete through the TUNE knob or key Deletes c
50. That contact is Kia s toll free Customer Assistance center at 1 800 333 4Kia However Kia does not endorse nor will it support any changes to any part or structure of the vehicle that could affect the advanced air bag system including the occupant detection system NOTICE The front passenger seat dashboard or door should not be replaced except by an authorized Kia dealer using original Kia parts designed for this vehicle and model Any other such replacement or modification could adversely affect the operation of the occupant detection system and your advanced air bags Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protec tion in frontal crashes Front air bags are not intended to deploy in colli sions in which sufficient protection can be provided by the pre tensioner seat belt alone Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crash es below the deployment threshold Safety features of your vehicle Rear impact The purpose of the air bag is to pro vide the vehicle s driver and or the front passenger with additional pro tection than that offered by the seat belt alone The side impact air bags are designed to deploy only during cer tain side impact collisions depend ing on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact The side air bags are
51. This gives you much better control of your vehicle Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse The transaxle can be damaged if you do not Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears Ona slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is signifi cantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Never exceed posted speed limits Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning High speed cornering and turning increases the risk of vehicle rollover due to loss of vehi cle control Rollover accidents are extremely violent and unpre dictable Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Automatic transaxle operation The automatic transaxle has 6 for ward speeds and one reverse speed The individual speeds are selected automatically depending on the position of the shift lever NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module wide To shift depress the brake peda
52. To prevent the spare tire and tools from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly OED066033 Changing tires 1 Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake firmly 2 Shift the shift lever into R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er What to do in an emergenc To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire always set the park ing brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked OUB061005 4 Remove the wheel lug nut wrench 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun jack jack handle and spare tire terclockwise one turn each but do from the vehicle not remove any nut until the tire 5 Block both the front and rear of the has been raised off the ground wheel that is diagonally opposite the jack position What to do in an emergenc OUB065008 7 Place the jack at the front or rear jacking position closest to the tire you are changing Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack OUB061006 Insert the jack handle into the jack and turn it clockwise raising the vehicle until the tire just clears the ground T
53. Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection ter minal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or dis connect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device Continued Continued e You may hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnecting a USB device If you disconnect the external USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunc tion Therefore disconnect the external USB device when the audio is turned off or in another mode e g Radio Depending on the type and capac ity of the external USB device or the type of the files stored in the device there is a difference in the time for recognition the device Do not use the USB device for pur poses other than playing music files Playing videos through the USB is not supported Use of USB accessories such as rechargers or heaters using USB I F may lower performance or cause trouble Continued Features of your vehicle Continued If you use devices such as a USB hub purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device In that case connect the USB device directly to the multimedia terminal of the vehicle If the USB device is divided by log ical drives only the music files on the high
54. a slight pulsation in the vehi cle This is only the effect of brake control and indi cates nothing unusual e When moving out of the mud or slippery road pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm revolutions per minute to increase ESC operation off ESC OFF state ee OFF e To cancel the engine man agement system of ESC press the ESC OFF button for less than 3 seconds ESC OFF indicator light illuminates The brake control function still oper ates e To cancel the engine man agement and brake con trol function of ESC press the ESC OFF button for more than 3 seconds ESC OFF indicator light illuminates If the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position when ESC is off ESC remains off Upon restart ing the engine the ESC will automatically turn on again m ESC indicator light PE m ESC OFF indicator light ee OFF Indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is oper ating normally The ESC indicator light blinks when ever ESC is operating The ESC indicator light blinks when ever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires Driv
55. activation during icy conditions which may damage the windshield wipers Features of your vehicle Windshield washers CAUTION Wiper CAUTION Washer position In the OFF position pull the lever pump gently toward you to spray washer When washing the vehicle set fluid on the windshield and to run the To prevent possible damage to the wiper switch in the off posi wipers 1 3 cycles the washer pump do not oper tion to stop the auto wiper oper a ate the washer when the fluid ation Use this function when the wind reservoir is empty r shield is dirty The wiper may operate and be l i damaged if the switch is set in The spray and wiper operation will F continue until you release the lever If a A warno wasnmg the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropriate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side Features of your vehicle CAUTION Wipers amp windshields To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gaso line kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other compo nents do not attempt to move the wipers manually
56. along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 135 000 miles or 108 months U Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped Inspect cooling system Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Inspect drive shaft and boots Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts 3 4 5 6 Y 8 Continued Continued Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively A lf TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not availab
57. always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children who are not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commer cially available child restraint system that meets the requirements of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by seat belt or by a tether anchor and or LATCH anchors if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a par ticular child restraint system make sure it fits your vehicle seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the man ufacturer when installing the child restraint system When the child restraint system is not in use store it in the luggage area or fasten it with a seat belt so that it will not be thrown forward in case of a sudden stop or an acci dent Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Holding children Never hold a child in your
58. and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and hold ing the desired key from Gia will save the current broad cast to the selected key and sound a BEEP Troubleshooting Antenna Error If this message is displayed the anten na or antenna cable is broken or unplugged Please consult with your Kia dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky j Tune Rotate TUNE knob Changes the channel number or scrolls cat egory list e Press TUNE knob Selects the menu Menu Select category menu through the TUNE knob gt Press the key gt Select WInfo through the TUNE knob or key Info Information Displays the Artist Song info of the current song Features of your vehicle BASIC METHOD OF USE Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music Press the key to change the mode in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio The folder file name is displayed on the screen lt Audio CD gt lt CD MP3 gt lt USB gt lt My Music gt The CD is automatically played when a CD is inserted The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Repeat While song file is playing gt EE RPT key Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music mode RPT on scree
59. any of following occurs If the vehicle key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station it can interfere with normal operation of the smart key sys tem The smart key near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle Continued Continued When the smart key does not work correctly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorized Kia dealer If the smart key is in close proximi ty to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making calls receiving calls text messaging and or send ing receiving emails Pleacing the Smart Key and cell phone in close proximity can disrupt the signals of the Smart Key CAUTION Transmitter Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid as it can become damaged and not func tion properly This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation NOTICE Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compl
60. at 1 888 539 7474 NOTE Sirius XM service requires a sub scription sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to continue your Sirius XM service at the end of your trial subscription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at then current rates until you call Sirius XM at 1 866 635 2349 to cancel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com Programming subject to change Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 con tiguous USA D C and PR with coverage limitations Traffic infor mation not available in all markets See siriusxm com traffic for details Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc Features of your vehicle SIRIUS RADIO Using SIRIUS Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIRIUS Satellite Radio so you have access to over 130 channels of music information and entertain ment programming Activation In order to extend or reactivate your subscription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio you will need to contact SIRIUS Customer Care at 800 643 2112 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the key and tune to channel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Si
61. balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel 1030B04JM Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Maintenance SS 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The following explains what the letters and num bers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P205 55R16 89H P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 205 Tire width in millimeters 55 Aspect ratio The tire s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 16 Rim diameter in inches 89 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry H Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section f
62. button of the front out side door handles with all doors closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indicate that all doors are locked The button will only oper ate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock but ton inside the vehicle or pull the out side door handle Features of your vehicle Even though you press the button the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds if any of the following occurs The smart key is in the vehicle e The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position e Any door except the trunk or tail gate is opened Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver s outside door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks the dri ver s door The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors are unlocked if the button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warn ing lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all the doors are unlocked Pressing the button in the front pas senger s outside door handle with all doors closed and locked unlocks all the doors The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked T
63. chain to avoid contact with the vehicle body To prevent body damage retighten the chains after driving 0 3 0 6 miles 0 5 1 0 km Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels In unavoidable circumstance use a wire type chain Use wire chains less than 0 59 inches 15 mm to prevent damage to the chain s connection Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tires used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tires have the same load carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tires when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical radial ply tires should always be used as a set of four Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It is very important to follow the tire rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire
64. cies e E E eicveleietereie s 5 49 Dring Al ISIE o ee ee eee oie oie siols o etereyelsteve eke 5 49 Driving inthe Pau crecvers silos ierstoreielsieiel re ereeie ss oilers 5 50 e Driving in flooded areas eee eeee 5 50 Driving Of OAM oea ee ea T T 5 51 COMMU NPN driving ae eee a e 5 51 Winter driving s s s ssesssssossans sssi sass 5 52 Mrailertowin one eee E or 5 55 Vehicle load limit aee a steer a a 5 56 e Tire and loading information label 5 56 eiCertificationlabel nee ee a stelle erie 5 59 Vehicle weleht ee ee oee e Se 5 61 Base Curb weight sere eee nesoee o iae e a e 5 61 Vehicle curb weithin oaee oeireieiets ie 5 61 e Cargo WEIGIE sas crate dvats sieieis ce ocicis 4 asea somes ass 5 61 e GAW Gross axle weight cceeeeeeee 5 61 e GAWR Gross axle weight rating 5 61 e GVW Gross vehicle weight 206 5 61 e GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating 5 61 Driving your vehicle Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer A WARNING Engine exhaust Do not inhale exhaust fumes or leave your engine running in a enclosed area f
65. climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced Maintenance WIPER BLADES 1JBA5122 Blade inspection Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield diffi cult to clean Contamination of either the wind shield or the wiper blades with for eign matter can reduce the effective ness of the windshield wipers Common sources of contamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean both the win dow and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water CAUTION Wiper blades To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maintenance 1JBA7037 7 a H OED076040 1LDA5023 Front windshield wiper blade Rear window wiper blade 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly CAUTION Wiper arms Do not allow the wiper arm t
66. conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 112 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used Regardless of the remaining tread we recom mend that tires be replaced after approximately six 6 years of nor mal service Heat caused by hot cli mates or frequent high loading con ditions can accelerate the aging process These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or optional equipment on your vehicles may vary with respect to grade Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead brak ing traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction char acteristics Maintenance iii Temperature A B amp C
67. damage or drivability prob lems may not be covered by the manufacturer s warranty if they result from the use of Introduction DM 1 Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol 2 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 percent gasoline and is manufac tured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compati ble with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine perform ance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system Kia recom mends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 percent NOTICE Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use of E85 fuel Other fuels Using fuels such as Using fuels that contain Silicone Si MMT Manganese Mn Ferrocene Fe and Other metalic additives may cause vehicle and engine dam age or cause misfiring poor acceler ation engine stalling catalyst melt ing clogging abnormal corrosion life cycle reduction etc Also the Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIL may illuminate NOTICE Damage to the fuel system or per formance problem caused by the use of these fuels may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Gasoline containing MMT Some gasoline contains harmful manganese based fuel additives such as MMT Methylcyclopentadi enyl Ma
68. device you want to delete and select select Disconnect button Delete button Features of your vehicle USING Bluetooth Wireless Technology Phone Menu Screen Phone Menus With a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connected press the key to display the Phone menu screen a 1 Fav Up to 20 frequently used contacts can be saved for easy access 2 History Displays the call history list screen 3 Contacts Displays the Contacts list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related settings Pio scene EEEE see ease eee eet eee tes AE eee ee ete eae ea E ene ce aoe cee E oS eee aseeeee ence eee e es ence eee eee e If you select the History button but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks to download call history data e If you select the Contacts button but there is no contacts data stored a prompt is displayed which asks to download contacts data e This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones For more information on download support refer to your mobile phone user s manual Answering Calls Answering a Call Answering a call with a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device connect ed will display the following screen To accept the call press key on the steering wheel while the call is incoming CG 2 1 Caller Displays the other party s name when the incoming caller is saved within your contacts 2 Incoming Number Displays the i
69. distance up to 200 km 120 miles at a max speed of 50 MPH 80 km h in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement io scceaeses se ee ene ce asec ease teense eee Reet eet e AE eee sete eae sea see enema ce aoe cee E eee aa ao eee anseecee Sacer ee ee eee eee What to do in an emergency It is possible that some tires espe cially with larger punctures or dam age to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably Read the section Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Notes on the proper use of the Tire Mobility Kit e Park your car at the side of the road so that you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobil ity kit Do not use on motorcycles
70. features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS Seat belt restraint system Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worn low across the front of the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and partic ularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be carried out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged e For maximum restraint system pro tection the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving A properly positioned shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Pio sce aese see eee ene eee ease soe See ee scene tee ace See see eee eee setae ae Sea tee enema ce aoe cee eee E oo Meee eseeeeee cee ene ee sate ee ee eee e Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat See child restraint system section for further discussion A WARNING Shoulder belt Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt cannot protect
71. filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter imme diately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details 3 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibration and adjust if nec essary The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively s When replacing coolant use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 127 500 miles or 102 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer
72. follow these jump starting procedures If in doubt we strongly recommend that you have a competent technician or towing serv ice jump start your vehicle Jose aeses sR ee ene cee eee eos eee n aces cence t eet a oe S seem eee t este cee eet eae Se ete ee Meee ees ccc ete eset oe oe a eee oo ee eee eee eee eee eet eee se a eos A CAUTION 12 volt battery Use only a 12 volt jumper sys tem You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set A WARNING Battery Never attempt to check the elec trolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode A WARNING Battery Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery The battery produces hydrogen gas which will explode if exposed to flame or sparks A WARNING Sulfuric acid risk When jump starting your vehi cle be careful not to get acid on yourself your clothing or on the vehicle Automobile batteries contain sulfuric acid This is poisonous and highly corro sive A WARNING Frozen batteries Do not attempt to jump start the vehicle if the discharged battery is frozen or if the electrolyte level is low as the battery may rupture or explode What to do in an emergency Jump starting procedure Absorbent Glass Matt AGM batter ies are mainten
73. for child restraints p OUN036140L LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right out board rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustra tion There is no LATCH anchor pro vided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions Safety features of your vehicle When you install your child s restraint system using the LATCH anchors buckle the shoulder lap belt then lock the retractor and pull the belt to remove the slack in the belt so it lies flat against the vehicle seat Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also try to tug the seat forward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place NOTICE The recommended weight for the LATCH system is under 65 Ib 30 kg How to calculate the child restraint weight Child restraint weight 65 Ib 30 kg Child weight Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM 1 2 3 4 Driver s f
74. gear for addi tional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Charging system warn ing light This warning light indicates a mal function of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light illuminates while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the gen erator drive belt for looseness or breakage 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a problem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized Kia dealer correct the problem as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Trunk lid or tailgate open warning light gah This warning light illuminates when the trunk lid or tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position Door ajar warning light a This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position Immobilizer indicator if equipped If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobilizer indicator illuminates blinks or goes off e When the smart key is in the vehi cle if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON posi tion the indicator will illuminate for a few minutes to indicate that you are able
75. heed this warning will cause the SRS air bag warning light to illumi nate Occupant detection system Your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occu pant detection system Main components of occupant detection system e A detection device located within the front passenger seat track Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag sys tems should be activated or deacti vated An indicator light located on the instrument panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicating the front passen ger air bag system is deactivated The instrument panel air bag warn ing light is interconnected with the occupant detection system Safety features of your vehicle If the front passenger seat is occu pied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright posi tion centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off and the front passenger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal
76. if all doors tailgate and engine hood are closed the haz ard warning lights will flash once e The doors can be locked by pressing the button on the front outside door handles while the smart key is in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed Verify the doors hood and tail gate for being open If they are open close them and try locking the vehicle again The flashing of the hazard lights will confirm the vehicle is locked and armed Features of your vehicle Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a pas senger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining passenger s leaves the vehicle If any door or tailgate or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the sys tem enters the armed stage the system will be disarmed to pre vent unnecessary alarm Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed A front or rear door is opened with out using the transmitter or smart key e The tailgate is opened without using the transmitter or smart key e The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 27 seconds To turn off the system unlock the doors with the transmitter or smart key Disarmed stage
77. ignition key is valid If the key is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start To deactivate the immobilizer system Insert the ignition key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ON posi tion To activate the immobilizer sys tem Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi tion The immobilizer system acti vates automatically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start Your Immobilizer password is a cus tomer unique password and should be kept confidential Do not leave this number anywhere in your vehicle NOTICE Keep each key separately in order to avoid a starting malfunction Features of your vehicle Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal and may prevent the engine from being started If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized Kia dealer A CAUTION Immobilizer damage Do not expose your immobilizer system to moisture static elec tricity and rough handling This may damage your immobilizer A CAUTION Immobilizer alterations Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in
78. in a hazardous location When you must make such an emergency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch Both turn signal lights will blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the igni tion switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch again Battery saver function e The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door With this feature the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed perform the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column OXM049110 Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the following positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped Pio Scce neces Santen eee ee ee ease teense eee eee eet E eae eee eae ease ee Neate ae cee eee ae eases eee eee a oo Meee a neces ence eee ee oe ne wea ae Features of your vehic
79. is selected Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio will start playing Audio may not automatically start playing in some mobile phones Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio features e Play Stop Press the TUNE knob to play and pause the current song e Previous Next song Press to play previous or next song K The previous song next song play pause functions may not be support ed in some mobile phones fio sccS neces E eee e ose teen eseeee eee eee te cee Ste see ee eae eee see eae ease ee nee ce ae cee E oS Meee E eee ee eee mee ees ae Features of your vehicle PHONE Before using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone features e In order to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone you must first pair and connect the Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone e If the mobile phone is not paired or connected it is not possible to enter Phone mode Once a phone is paired or connected the guid ance screen will be displayed e If Priority is set upon vehicle igni tion IGN ACC ON the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected Even if you are outside the Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone will be automatically connected once you are in the vicinity of the vehicle If you do not want automatic Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone connection set the Bluetooth Wireless Technology power to OFF Making a call using the Steering wheel mount c
80. keep sufficient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently It should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide greater driving force but will not prevent side skids Tire chains are not legal in all states Check state laws before fitting tire chains Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehi cle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provid ed by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle s orig inal equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and munic jpal regulations for possible restric tions against their use Driving your vehicle 1JBA4068 Tire chains Since the sidewalls of radial tires are thinner they can be damaged by mounting some types of snow chains on them Therefore the use of snow tires is recommended instead of snow chains Do not mount tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum wheels snow chains may cause damage to the wheels If snow chains must be used use wire type chains with a thickness of less than 0 59 in 15 mm Damage to your vehicle caused by
81. key e Shortly pressing the key Scans all songs from the next song for 10 seconds each Press the key again to turn off K The SCAN function is not support ed in iPod mode Folder Search MP3 CD USB Mode While file is playing Folder Up key e Searches the next folder While file is playing Folder Down key e Searches the parent folder If a folder is selected by pressing the TUNE knob the first file within the selected folder will be played X In iPod mode moves to the Parent Folder Searching Songs File e Turning TUNE knob Searches for songs files e Pressing TUNE knob Plays selected song file Features of your vehicle MENU Audio CD Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Random Information features Repeat Press the key gt Set DRPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song K Press RPT again to turn off Random Press the key gt Set RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder K Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key gt Set Gllnfo through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song Press the key to turn off info display MENU MP3 CD USB Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Folder Random Folder Repeat All Random Information and Copy features Repeat Press the key gt Set MRPT through the TUN
82. lens from the interior light housing 2 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out m Map lamp m Glove box lamp A WARNING Interior lights Prior to working on the Interior Lights ensure that the OFF button is pressed to avoid burn ing your fingers or receiving an electric shock 3 Install a new bulb in the socket 4 Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place OUB071044 OAM079038 OUB071047 0UB071046 Maintenance es APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driving you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A
83. light OO BRAKE Parking brake warning This warning light illuminates for 3 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and then it will go out Also this light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the igni tion switch in the START or ON posi tion The warning light should go out when the parking brake is released Features of your vehicle Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add fluid as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate prop erly Have the vehicle towed to any authorized Kia dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with dual diagonal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual sys tems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system work ing If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower
84. may damage the device panel or cause color quality deterioration Do not place beverages close to the audio system Spilling beverages may lead to system malfunction Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause dam age or discoloration Features of your vehicle USING THE USB DEVICE To use an external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting up the vehi cle Connect the device after start ing up If you start the engine when the USB device is connected it may damage the USB device USB flashdrives are very sensitive to electric shock If the engine is started up or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work The System may not play unau thenticated MP3 or WMA files 1 It can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 It can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take precautions for static electrici ty when connecting or disconnect ing the external USB device Continued Continued e An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not recognizable Depending on the condition of the external USB device the connect ed external USB device can be unrecognizable When the formatted byte sector setting of External USB device is not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recog nized
85. mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the fin ish After washing the vehicle test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been affected by water If braking performance is impaired dry the brakes by applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed Maintenance w F CAUTION Wetting engine e Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment Never allow water or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them 4 i 015037800 Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to main tain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materi als with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need wax ing CAUTION Drying vehicle e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abra sive cleaners or strong deter gents cont
86. mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire OUB065026L Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and seal ing compound effectively and com fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tire distance up to 120 miles 200 km at a max speed of 50mph 80 km h in order to reach a service station or tire dealer for the tire replacement S E E EE EE AE AE EEE E EE EEEE E eee eee What to do in an emergency It is possible that some tires espe cially with larger punctures or dam age to the sidewall cannot be sealed completely Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance For this reason you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably Read the section Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit e Park your car at the side of the road so tha
87. not designed to deploy in all side impact situations OLM032310L K The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Side impact air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat Safety features of your vehicle The side impact air bag is supple mental to the driver s and the pas senger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in operation For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s hands should be placed on the steer ing wheel at the 9 00 and 3 00 posi tions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps A WARNING Deployment Do not install any accessories including seat covers on the side or near the side impact air bag as this may affect the deployment of the side air bags If seat or seat cover is damaged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer Inform that your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant detection system A WARNING Flying objects Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gerous projectiles if the side airbag inf
88. of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs pas sengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and lug gage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu lated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehi cle ie SccSaeses saeco esas ease teense eee eee eet a AE ease eee seen eee see Neate aoe cee eee ae eases eee eee a oS eee n asec ee ease eee E E Driving your vehicle Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 A i Vehicle Vehicle i A Vehicle _ Capacity l Capacity nen E Capacity gan P A B c A B c Cc C190F01JM C190F02JM C190F03JM Item Description Total Item Description Total Item Description Total A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs A Vehicle Capacity 849 lbs Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg Weight 385 kg Subtract Occupant 300 I
89. or continuously remains on after oper ating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or started the engine or if it comes on while driving have the SRS inspected by an authorized Kia dealer Anti lock brake system ABS warning light if equipped This warning light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indi cates that the ABS may have mal functioned If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be opera tional but without the assistance of the anti lock brake system Features of your vehicle Electronic brake force distribu tion EBD sys tem warning light If these two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving your vehicle s ABS and EBD system may have malfunctioned BRAKE In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible If the ABS warning light or EBD warning light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Seat belt w
90. other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window Features of your vehicle OSA028222 Manual windows if equipped To raise or lower the window turn the window regulator handle clockwise or counterclockwise When closing the windows make sure your passenger s arms hands and body are safely out of the way Features of your vehicle HOOD OUB045022L H OUB041023 Opening the hood 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise 3 Pull out the support rod from the 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the the hood slightly push the second hood ary latch 1 inside of the hood 4 Hold the hood opened with the ae need should pop enen center and lift the hood 2 support rod p ii Open the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface shifting the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle and setting the parking brake io SccSaeses see e ene cee eee ease teen esas eee eet cena Ste see eee teases ete eae Sea see ede ce aoe cee ees aeaesaes cee eee as oo eee seeceee cae ean neee eee eee eeee Features of your vehicle Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the following e All filler caps in the engine com partment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine com partment 2 Return the support rod to its clip to
91. passenger s door power Sp cS window switch LY 3 Rear door left power window switch 3 Pr d A N KN 4 Rear door right power window ea f switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window down 7 Power window lock button if equipped Features of your vehicle In cold and wet climates power win dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to oper ate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s win dow The driver has a power window lock switch which can block the oper ation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 sec ond period NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a nor mal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the follow ing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening Window openi
92. person al injury For cleaning the air bag pad covers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the sys tem If components of the air bag system must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped certain safety precautions must be observed An authorized Kia dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to fol low these precautions and proce dures could increase the risk of per sonal injury Adding equipment to or modi fying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by chang ing your vehicle s frame bumper sys tem front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the oper ation of your vehicle s air bag sys tem Safety features of your vehicle OAM039041 UB031035N Air bag warning labels some required by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system ING YS A A E eet E A 4 3 e Record your key number ceeceeees 4 3 Key OPeratiONs ss e ee ae e e a e E 4 3 Smart Key oee e E E E 4 6 Smart key functions lt sosssesesos esses vicisleie sess 4 6 Smart key precautions sss essessssssaseacsasesss 4 8 Remote keyless enmt0y cis ecceciscys 01 ee eee ees 4 9 e Remote keyless entry system
93. rresessssetseeieeeteseeteneeseseeneeaees 4 87 Defrosting Windshield ssssessesseeeeeseeseeseees 4 109 Digital ClOcK s ssssssssesssssseseesessessssesseeseesensensenteneeseees 4 122 Dimensiong tie essesessscestesestee case contencecocsscovsescdescessaecssnsevstee 8 2 Display illumination see instrument panel ACIO TE E E 4 47 Displays see instrument cluster se reeterttteeetetttee t 4 46 Door lockseesssririisisisa esisisessssisissienis ienes tosisiisessissir iseis ies 4 17 Central door lock switch eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseesseseesesesseesenees 4 19 Child protector rear door lockeeeeeeeeeeerereereereereeees 4 20 Index s Drinks holders see cup holders rettere 4 119 Driver s 3 point seat Delt s sssssssssssessesnessessseeseeees 3 15 Driver s and passenger s front air bageste 3 42 Driving at might sssssssssssesssessssssesseesesenessssassenseeses 5 49 Driving in flooded areas ssesssessesssssesenesesesesseesteses 5 50 Driving in the rainy eesesssssessessesenessesessesseenes 5 50 E Economical operation s ss ssssssssssessiesesessseessnesesees 5 46 Electric power steering sss esses tessesneseesees 4 40 Electronic stability program ESC steret 5 27 Emergency starting E a 6 5 Jump starting E E ee 6 5 Push starting E E 6 7 Emergency while driving sessssesssseeseeeseseneseesnees 6 3 Emission control systern ss ssssssesssssesssesssssssseeseenes 7 98
94. search es for broadcast frequencies CD USB iPod My Music modes Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Moves to next or previ ous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds or fast forwards the current song BT Audio mode Moves to next or previous song file The Play Pause feature may oper ate differently depending on the mobile phone 6 POWER VOL knob Power Turns power On Off by press ing the knob Volume Sets volume by turning the knob left right Jie sce neces sae e ene ecm eee eos ete nese eee eee eet a cee See seeteees eae Rene eereee ae essere Meee ce face cate ee toe ae cece ee ieee oe ee eee eee cee eee eae eee ae ae Features of your vehicle 7 Each time the button is shortly pressed under 0 8 seconds it sets the screen Off Screen On Screen Off K Audio operation is maintained and only the screen will be turned Off In the screen Off state press any key to turn the screen On again 8 Radio Mode Shortly press the key Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broad casts saved in Preset 6 for 5 seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current frequency KSAT Radio does not support the Preset scan feature CD USB My Music mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each Press the key aga
95. socket 9 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the shape on the bulb housing in the assembly Pushing the spring holder in to the slot 10 Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise OUB071029 Headlight Low 5 door Follow the steps 1 to 4 from the pre vious section 5 Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise 6 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 7 Pull the bulb out of the socket 8 Insert a new bulb into the socket 9 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 10 Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise If the headlight aiming adjustment is necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled consult an authorized Kia dealer OUBO071031N Turn signal light Position light or Side marker Follow the steps 1 to 4 from the pre vious page 5 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 6 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 7 Insert a new bulb by inserting it
96. system sssssssssesssssessesesesesssssesseesenes 3 28 Child protector pear door LOCK r ecesseeeeeeceeeeeteeeeeseeeeeenees 4 20 Cigarette lighter sssssssssesssessssestsssessesenessssesseesee 4 118 Climate control air filter eee eee eee 4 96 107 7 43 Clock Digital ss sssssssessesseessesesenesessssssnssneneseasaes 4 122 Clothes hanger sssssssessessessssssssnesessnssnssnesesenasans 4 123 Combined instrument see instrument cluster veee 4 46 Compact spare tire s eseeesesesresestesestesesteestessetesneeness 6 20 Compact spare tire replacement ee seeteeeteeeeee teense 7 55 Coo Meat fssstesessiecdeesbinersdncie s2ecsecesoadsscaceast adsaesdensapuseeeesaetuae 7 36 Cooling fluid see engine Coolant s eseseseeseees 7 36 Crankcase emission Control System s eseeeseesteeeeeees 7 98 Cruise control system sssssssessessessesssesseesessnessasessenss 5 35 Cup holder sssssssssessessessessessssssssessnssnsenesnssassessnesans 4 119 Curtain air bag sssssessessesseeseessesseeseesssssesseesesenasasansesenss 3 46 D Dashboard illumination see instrument panel TIMI ALION s se022s0sce veces secsesoccssessenecteedseansterosepessbeedeesben 4 47 Dashboard see instrument Cluster eese eeeeeerereereereres 4 46 Defogging Windshield sssssessessetseseesenseeeees 4 109 Defogging logic Windshield ssseseeseeseees 4 111 Defroster Rear Window
97. terminals such as a driver or wiring It may cause contact failure and system mal function A WARNING Electrical Fire When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fastening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems damage and a possible fire Do not remove fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts The fuses relays and terminals may be fastened incompletely and it may cause a possible fire If fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts are blown we recommend that you consult with an author ized Kia dealer OUBO071019 Instrument panel fuse replace ment 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized Kia dealer o Maintenance If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigar lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse block in the engine compartment If a fuse is bl
98. the air conditioning system if equipped on OUB045104N io SccSaeses es eee ene cee eee ease teense eee Reet eel a E teas eee es ele eae sea see ese ce aoc ete E e soo eee see ceee ncaa eae E Features of your vehicle OUB041105 Mode selection The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windshield Six symbols are used to represent Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air position Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D E C Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle OUB045106L MAX A C Level B D if equipped The MAX A C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster In this mode the air conditioning and the recircula
99. the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the posi tion of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC or ON position Move the lever 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment con trol to position the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the lever into neutral center position to pre vent inadvertent adjustment CAUTION Outside mirror e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjusting angles but the motor continues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the motor may be damaged Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the related parts Features of your vehicle OUB041034 Folding the outside rearview mir ror Electric Type if equipped To fold the outside rearview mirror depress the button To unfold it depress the button again A CAUTION Electric type outside rearview mirror The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF position However to prevent unnecessary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than necessary while the engine is not running In case it is an electric type out side rearview mirror don t fold it by hand lt could cause motor failure QUB041035
100. the parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a malfunction in the brake system Immediate attention is nec essary W 75 Driving your vehicle Anti Lock Brake System ABS ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or dangerous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The vehicle should be driven at reduced speeds in the following cir cumstances When driving on rough gravel or snow covered roads When driving with tire chains installed When driving on roads where the road surface is pitted or has differ ent surface heights Driving in these conditions increases the stopping distance for your vehicle The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a cor responding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum ben efit from your ABS in an emergency situation do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possibl
101. the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its orig inal position for the seatback to lock OUB031004 Seat height if equipped for driver s seat To change the height of the seat move the lever upwards or down wards e To lower the seat cushion push down the lever several times e To raise the seat cushion pull up the lever several times OUB031042N Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and com fort The headrest not only provides com fort for the driver and front passen ger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Jie sccS neces sane ene eee e eee e ose teen eseeee eee eet e AE eae eee sete eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee eee E area enemas ea eee eee Safety features of your vehicle Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended tie fi OUB031007 Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be ad
102. the sunvisor to its origi nal position It could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor damage Features of your vehicle A OUB041157 Power outlet if ad The power outlet is designed to pro vide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in electric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other elec tronic systems or devices used in your vehicle A OUB045159L Shopping bag holder 5 door e Do not hang a bag weighing more than 3 kg 7 lbs It may cause damage to the shopping bag hold er e Do not hang the frail objects when you drive rough road the objects may be damaged io scceaeses es eecere tees e eases ee teense ece eee teeta ceo Ste see ease eee sete eae ease ee neato ae cee ee eee eases E oo Meee e nsec eee ncaa eee es soar eee
103. them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 15 000 miles or 12 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 14 3 4 5 6 7 8 Steering operation and linkage Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Continued Continued Add fuel additive Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or repl
104. though there is no change in the ECO indi cator When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes nor mal When driving up a hill The system will be limited to gain power when driving uphill because the engine torque is restricted When using Sports mode The system will be limited accord ing to the shift location When the accelerator pedal is deeply pressed for a few seconds The system will be limited Judging that the driver wants to speed up A E EOE EE E E cee kene ae ecs elon Driving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many miles kilometers you can get from a gallon liter of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as pos sible use the following driving sug gestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moderate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stop lights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos sible Always maintain a safe dis tance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking This also reduces brake wear Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle
105. to your previously preset speed Driving your vehicle E Type A E Type B OUB055085K To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 25 mph 40 km h If any method other than the CRUISE switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the lever 1 up to RES It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 25 mph 40 km h To turn cruise control off do one of the following e Press the CRUISE button the CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions will cancel the cruise control operation If you want to resume the cruise control opera tion repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the pre vious page Pisco neces es eee ene ce ee ee ease teen esate eee et a ceo Ste see ee eee eee sete ae ease ee nea ce aoe cee E oo eee nseeeeee aca eee aan ee omen eae Driving your vehicle ISG IDLE STOP AND GO SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E Type A Your vehicle may be equipped with the ISG system which reduces fuel consumption by automatically shut ting down the engine when the vehi cle is at a standstill For example red light stop sign and traffic jam The engine starts automatically as soon as the starting conditions are met The ISG system is ON whenever the engine is running
106. to start the engine However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink for a few min utes to indicate that you are not able to start the engine When the ENGINE START STOP button changes to the ON position from the ACC position without the smart key in the vehicle the indi cator blinks for a few minutes to indicate that you are not able to start the engine e When the battery is weak if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink and you are not able to start the engine However you are able to start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder If the smart key system related parts have a problem the indicator will blink Features of your vehicle Low fuel level warning light a This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter if equipped Malfunction indicator lamp MIL check engine light i This indicator is part of the Engine Control System which monitors vari ous emission control system compo nents If this indicator illuminates while driving it indicates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emission control system This indicator will also ill
107. towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power e Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other fre quently Attach a towing strap to the towing hook Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your vehicle Use only a cable or chain specifi cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provid ed Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or dam aged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply it steadily with even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a verti cal angle Always pull straight ahead What to do in an emergenc OED066029 Use a towing strap less than 16 feet 5 m long Attach a white or red cloth about 12 inches 30 cm wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loosened during tow ing Emergency towing precautions e Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral Release the parking brake Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced brake performance More
108. uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel consumption e Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these com ponents In addition driving with your foot resting on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious con sequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pres sure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnec essary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper align ment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor alignment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption e Keep your vehicle in good condi tion For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs main tain your vehicle in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see sec tion 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maxi mum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increase
109. will ener gize after approximately 3 seconds This delay is normal NOTICE To activate cruise control depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine This is to check if the brake switch which is important part to cancel cruise control is in normal condition E Type A OUB055081K To set cruise control speed 1 Press the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illumi nate Driving your vehicle 2 Accelerate to the desired speed mTypeA On a steep grade the vehicle may which must be more than 25 mph slow down or speed up slightly while 40 km h going downhill OUB055083K 3 Move the lever 1 down to SET and release it at the desired speed The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate Release the accelerator at the same time The desired speed will automatically be maintained Driving your vehicle E Type A OUB055084K OUB055085K To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures e Move the lever 1 up to RES and hold it Your vehicle will accel erate Release the lever at the speed you want e Move the lever 1 up to RES and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 1 0 mph 1 6 km h each time the lever is operated in this manner E Type A
110. you may feel substantial discomfort in breath ing due to the contact of your chest to both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possi ble after the impact in order to reduce discomfort and prevent prolonged exposure to smoke and powder Though smoke and powder are non toxic it may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with the cold water immediately and con sult the doctor if the symptom per sists PREAS 1JBH3051 Installing a child restraint on a front passenger s seat is forbid den Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear facing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraint in the front passen ger s seat either If the front passen ger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child Safety features of your vehicle W7 147 Air bag warning light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light should illuminate for approxi mately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer if e The ligh
111. your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is available VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS No special break in period is need ed By following a few simple precau tions for the first 600 miles 1 000 km you may add to the perform ance economy and life of your vehi cle Do not race the engine While driving keep your engine speed rom or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine Avoid hard stops except in emer gencies to allow the brakes to seat properly Don t tow a trailer during the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of opera tion Introduction IR VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety sys tems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the
112. your vehicle The vehicle roof provides the best location for an unob structed open view of the sky a requirement of a satellite radio sys tem Like AM FM there are several factors that can affect satellite radio reception performance e Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the anten na as possible e Terrain Hills mountains tall build ings bridges tunnels freeway over passes parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception SIRIUS Satellite Radio service SIRIUS Satellite Radio is a subscrip tion based satellite radio service that broadcasts music sports news and entertainment programming to radio receivers which are available for installation in motor vehicles or factory installed as well as for the home portable and wireless devices and through an Internet connection on per sonal computer Vehicles that are equipped with a fac tory installed SIRIUS Satellite Radio system include e Hardware and an introductory trial subscription term which begins on the date of sale or lease of the vehi cle For a small upgrade fee access to SIRIUS music channels and other select channels over the Internet using any computer connected to the Internet U S customers only For information on extended sub scription terms contact SIRIUS
113. 2 seconds while press ing the AUTO button The indicator will blink 3 times to notify you that the system is cancelled To use the auto defogging system again follow the procedures mentioned above If the battery has been disconnected or discharged it resets to the auto defogging status NOTICE If the A C off is manually selected while the auto defogging system is on the auto defogging indicator will blink 3 times to give notice that the A C off can not be selected CAUTION Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the driver side windshield glass Damage to the system parts could occur and may not be cov ered by your vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT These compartments can be used to store small items To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compart ment Always keep the storage compart ment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover can not close securely Glove box A WARNING Flammable materials Do not store propane cylinders or other flammable explosive materials in the vehicle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods To open the glove box pull the handle and the glove box will automatically open Close the glove box after use Always keep the glove box c
114. 3 To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the nor mal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature Pic ee ees see eee eee ne aos e eee ees So etesesceeecese see eee see ecege eee elon Features of your vehicle OAM049045 Turn signals and lane change signals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn signal is operating They will self cancel after a turn is com pleted If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF position when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replace ment If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connec tion in the circuit One touch lane change function if equipped To activate an one touch lane change function move the turn sig nal lever slightly and then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 times NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned o
115. 4 120 T THCHOTIELET ess esestededensecoessnncsddneapidesvedstsscesbbveesndedeorsabidedia 4 47 Tailgate ss sssssssssssesssesessssssessessesenasssssssessnesesenasasennesenseses 4 24 Emergency safety release 1 sssssssesessesssseesesenenes 4 25 Telescoping steering sssssssssssesseesesenesssssssseeseeees 4 4 Tether anchor System ss ssssssssssssesssssessnesssnsssesseenes 3 28 Theft alarm system ssesssssessssssessessesenesesssassenseenes 4 14 Tilt steering sssssessssssessessesseesesssessessessesenesasasssseeseeses 4 4 Tire and loading information label err 5 56 Tires CHAITIG sess s8e0isnesbes etre rrie o r i E Eeri cirein efi Tebii 5 53 Tire mobility Kite ssssssssesssssessesssesssesesenasesssssaenes 6 23 29 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS eererereeeeeee 6 9 Tire specification and pressure label vetere 8 10 Tires and Wheels sevssscecsseeconsestbccssocossevsesneecesvevevseneves 7 51 8 5 Checking tire inflation pressure ettette 7 52 Compact spare tire replacement eseeeeeeteteteees 7 55 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures e 7 53 Tire Cale serssesesdsesesders erorii pedise erae eap Ee iS Pa EESE 7 53 Tire Maintenance e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeteseerssresesrreseresseeesseerseres 7 56 Tire replacement eeeeeetteeestteeeesseeeessseeesssseeesserreesnerteens 7 55 Tire POAT tL ssssseteseces sescesadeasedadbaccevegacstsceneadancdseasesndiepnds 7 53 Tire sid
116. 47002 A OED036001A Key operations Type A Used to start the engine lock and unlock the doors m Type B OTF044369 Type B To unfold the key press the release button then the key will unfold auto matically To fold the key fold the key manually while pressing the release button S E E EEO EE A AE EEE E EE E EEE E Features of your vehicle CAUTION Key button operation Do not fold the key without pressing the release bution This may damage the key OXMA043316 The actual feature may differ from the illustration Type C To remove the mechanical key press and hold the release button and remove the mechanical key To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard Features of your vehicle Pio scce neces saat ene eee e eee eos e teense eee eee eet a AE teas eee eee eae Sea E ene ce aoe cee eee ae eases eee eee oS eee nseeeeee neem E sao e Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OYDDCO2004 With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this section Smart key functions Carrying the smart key you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details Locking Pressing the
117. 6 9 If you have atlatitire mo cee onsen oeeo 6 14 s JackianditoolS ee aene e E EEE eels 6 14 e Removing and storing the spare tire 6 15 9 Change tires seee eae ane e sieve vores sake ouster ete 6 15 If you have a flat tire Tire Mobility Kit 6 23 29 e Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit 6 24 30 e Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 6 25 31 e Using the Tire Mobility Kit 6 26 32 e Checking the tire inflation pressure 6 27 34 Technical data sesrocecstos eno tore erece sre ears 6 28 35 Towing e Towing service e Removable towing e Emergency towing hook 5 aisis cts carers eee ee ean eae What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exer cise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emer gency repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher oper ates whether your vehicle is run ning or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on e Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while
118. 64017N Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight Vehicle capacity weight 849 Ibs 385 kg Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load Driving your vehicle Seating capacity Total 5 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 3 persons Seating capacity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry Towing capacity We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Cargo capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trail er Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s plac ard 2 Determine the combined weight
119. 7 Seat Warmet sstcess s stseessnbissnessenaspacessnaassnaeasoasessceassbennadeasees 3 8 Seatback pocket ssssssesesssssssessessseesenessensessensenseseeteens 3 9 Seating capacity sssssscsssessesseesessessesssseesesseesenseneeneenees 5 57 G Gattis E TAE L E E EEE EET 3 9 Folding the rear seat 1ssssssssssessessessessesseessseeseeeeses 3 10 Front seat adjustment saeensdenaea eeadescaterneanssadseeatecsaesneassees eee 3 4 Headrest front 1 s sssesttssereseseseeeeteeseeeeeeeeeenenenenneneneneans 3 5 Headrest rear eeeeettteteertertisreertesrteertsnsertesnienntentesnees 3 9 RGar SG ate tittsectabessahecssstisbpasachabencdibsavideseanssscespaebacdenaetaers 3 9 Seatback pocket ssssssessesssssssessessessessessssessesseenensennens 3 9 Wariner lt isivessess ts dsdiscosen Jibs issdedestvlessssdstetavcidestecias cab sstenash 3 8 SHEE DoE E E E E 5 20 Shopping bag holder sssssssssssesseseesesseseeseeseees 4 121 EEP a ee a Side impact air bag sssssesssssessssssessessesenesassssesenes 3 45 Sart Key eersiireesiiisrssise irige iiien isi eenia diiseni 4 6 Smooth COrnering ett tterettttttereert ttt tteeetter tetten 5 49 a E E S E E EE 5 52 Spare tire Compact spare tire eeetetretettttteetreeetttttetttreetr trete tt t 6 20 Compact spare tire replacement eetere 7 55 Removing and storing the spare tire eereree 6 15 Special driving conditions eette teeter teette 5 48 Driving at might
120. 8W or LED P28 8W or LED Rear Turn signal lamp 21W PY21W Back up lamp 16W W16W High mounted stop lamp LED LED License plate lamp 5W X 2EA W5W f foe as tail bulb Side marker light LED LED Map lamps 10W X 2EA W10W Room lamps 10W FESTON Interior Luggage lamp 5W FESTON Glove box lamp 5W FESTON Vanity mirror lamps 5W FESTON if equipped SE scat ene ee eee sete eee eee eet eet a cee See E E eae sea seee sem ace soe et eee eee E cee eeee soo eee eeeeceee ssa eae eee Soeur ee ms eee Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects E 4 door Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Head lamp owt a oe High 60W HB2 Front Position lamp 5W or LED W5W or LED Turn signal lamp 28W PY28 8W Front fog lamp 55W 9006 Side marker light 5W W5W Tail lamp Inside 8W or LED P27 8W or LED Outside 8W or LED P27 8W or LED Stop lamp Inside LED LED Outside 27W or LED P27 8W or LED Rear Turn signal lamp 21W PY21W Back up lamp 16W W16W High mounted stop lamp 16W W16W License plate lamp 5W X 2EA W5W f Pa as tail bulb Side marker light LED LED Map lamps 10W X 2EA W10W Room lamps 10W FESTON Interior Luggage lamp 5W FESTON Glove box lamp 5W FESTON Vanity mirror lamps 5W FESTON if equipped Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRES AND WHEELS Cold tire inflation pressure psi kP
121. Bay OAM049023 Day night rearview mirror if equipped Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driving Remember that you lose some rearview clarity in the night position Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror angles before driving Your vehicle is equipped with both left hand and right hand outside rearview mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted remotely with the remote switch if equipped The mirror heads can be folded to prevent dam age during an automatic car wash or when passing through a narrow street S E E EE EE O AE EEE E E E A EE ae Soe memie ae Features of your vehicle The right outside rearview mirror is convex Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing lanes A CAUTION Rearview mirror Do not scrape ice off the mirror face this may damage the sur face of the glass If ice should restrict movement of the mirror do not force the mirror for adjustment To remove ice use a deicer spray or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water OUB041033 Remote control Electric type The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the posi tion of
122. CARGA MAXIMA ooookgloooo Ib CETE C EITT USELO SOLO PARA EL VeHICU cance ea eeraseeee 10 Jack manufacturer PEYSONORbEMHOC TS COOKE HENHOTO BI aBTOMOGUNA SETETE TE Ce 11 Production date oooo oooo ieot bet sev taet Beret sinon priate aid eer jones i ie 12 Representative company and e Jlj 0000 e 0000 aki ody i address Sarma yall laid ars OHYK064002 The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more detailed specifications refer to the label attached to the jack What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE TIRE MOBILITY KIT IF EQUIPPED TYPE A When two or more tires are flat do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is only used for one flat tire OUB061009 For safe operation carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use 1 Compressor 2 Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized Kia deal er as soon as possible OUB065010L Introduction With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile even after experiencing a tire puncture The system of compressor and seal ing compound effectively and com fortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails or similar objects and reinflates the tire After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tire
123. Camera Display settereeteeeestteeerrreeseessrersssreeesnereeens 4 76 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures eere 7 51 Recommended lubricants and capacities eetere eee 8 7 Recommended SAE viscosity number eeeeeereerereeee 8 8 Refrigerant label ssssssssssssesesssssesessesseseeneeseeseeens 8 10 Remote control Mirror 1eseseseteeeeeeeteseeeeseeseeneneenees 4 44 Remote keyless 0 6 A 4 9 Remote or Smart key battery replacement eere 4 11 Replacement light bulb s ssssssssessesseeeeeeseessenens 7 78 Road warning ssssesesesssssssesesessenssnseesseeeseessensseeeeenses 6 2 Rocking the vehicle ssssssssssssesesessessenseeeseeseesens 5 48 Roof Ate Titi assets cevestesecssene e EEEn 4 125 Index I S Scheduled maintenance service eee eeteetererreerrereere e 7 8 Maintenance under severe usage conditions eee 7 30 Normal maintenance schedulle s ceseesseceseeeeeeeeseeeeee 7 9 Seat belt warning eeeeeettteeeretteeeessereerssreessseseeesssreeesnereees 3 14 Gaat helti rss naa rE IEEE EEE ESEE SE 3 13 3 Point rear center belt eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeereereeserserreseeseseeeee 3 15 Hight adjustment teeeeeeeesseeeessstessssssesssssseesstreeesnereees 3 16 Pre tensioner seat belt ss ccseersescesssecsseccssecsssenseee 3 18 Seat belt Driver s 3 point system eerte 3 15 Seat belt warning eetettteeeeeetteeersseeesssseeesserreesnereeessstee 3 14 Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat eee 3 1
124. Con YC selection mode Display Settings e During On state press the or key to display the mode Press the key gt Select change pop up screen Display through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through i2 Dj TUNE knob Media Display When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder File or Album Artist Song fio Scce nese se seat ene eee eee ose teense eee eee eee ete cen See see ee eee eee eee eae ease nee ce ae cee E oo eee eseee eee neem ee oneness cee ae Features of your vehicle SOUND SETTINGS Press the key gt Select Sound through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Sound Settings This menu allows you to set the Bass Middle Treble and the Sound Fader and Balance Select Sound Settings gt Select menu through TUNE knob Turn TUNE knob left right to set e Bass Middle Treble Selects the sound tone e Fader Balance Moves the sound fader and balance e Default Restores default settings Back While adjusting values pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Speed Dependent Volume Control This feature is used to automatically control the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle Select Speed Dependent Vol gt Set Off On of TUNE knob Voice Recognition Volume if equipped Adjusts voice recognition volume Select Voice Recognition Vol gt Set volume of TUNE knob Features of y
125. Continued use of the climate The fan speed can be set to the A WARNING Reduced control system in the recirculat desired speed by operating the fan visibility ed air position can cause speed control knob Continued use of the climate drowsiness or sleepiness and The higher the fan speed is the control system in the recirculat eer Meee aa ban ae more air is delivered ed air position may allow gt ro e outside Pressi humidity a Ae eE ae rid fresh air position as much as i the OFF button turns off the vehicle which may fog the glass possible while driving and obscure visibility Features of your vehicle OUB045131 Air conditioning A C Press the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off OUB045132 OFF mode Press the OFF button to turn off the air climate control system However you can still operate the air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position
126. Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Features of your vehicle e Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Commands Commands available during Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio streaming from mobile phone oper ation Command Operation Command Function Play Plays the currently paused song Pause Pauses the current song iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc iPod mobile digital device sold separately The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Sirius XM service requires a subscription sold separately after 3 month trial included with vehicle purchase If you decide to continue your Sirius XM service at the end of the trial subscription the plan you choose will automatically renew and bill at the current rates until you call Sirius XM at 1 866 635 2349 to can cel See our Customer Agreement for complete terms at www siriusxm com Sirius satellite service is available only to those at least 18 and older in the 48 contiguous United States D C and P R with coverage limitations Sirius XM Traffic available in select markets See siriusxm com traffic for more information Sirius XM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of Sirius XM Radio Inc Android is a
127. E knob or key to repeat the current song K Press RPT again to turn off Folder Random Press the key gt Set F RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder K Press F RDM again to turn off Folder Repeat Press the key gt Set F RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat songs within the cur rent folder K Press F RPT again to turn off All Random Press the key gt Set A RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play all songs within the CD K Press A RDM again to turn off fio SccS neces saat ene eee eee ose ete nese eee eee sete AE eee eee le eae eas eee Meee ce aoe cee eee ae eases E oS eee asec eee ace ema ee nea meee sae Features of your vehicle Information Press the key gt Set SjInfo through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the cur rent song Press the key to turn off info display Copy if equipped Press the key gt Set Copy through the TUNE knob or Gia key This is used to copy the current song into My Music You can play the copied Music in My Music mode If another key is pressed while copying is in progress a pop up asking you whether to cancel copy ing is displayed If another media is connected or inserted USB CD iPod AUX while copying is in progress copy ing is canceled Music will not be played while copying is in progress MENU iPod In iPod mode press the key to set the
128. IERE P185 65R15 230kPa 33psi SPARE p DE SECOURS 712580015 420kPa 60psi TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATINGCAPACTY T sotal 5 Trront REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES avant ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 35 3 or amp sag ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer b TIRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS AFROIO FRONT AVANT P205 45R17 230kPa 33psi REAR arriere P205 45R17 SPARE DE SECOURS 230kPa 33psi 7125 80015 420kPa 60psi TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY FRONT REAR TOTAL 2 A 3 NOMBRE DE PLACES OTAL AVANT ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed as kg or Le poids total des occupants et Gu chargement ne dot jamais G passer kg ou ks 89 b PNEUS AFROID 230kPa 33psi presiesrts 230kPa 33psi NONE AUCUN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEANNGCAPACITY toya g FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES AVANT ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 5 O aay 8 Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne dot jamais d passer kg ou PRESSION DES PNEUS A FROID 230kPa 33psi OUB064016N OUB064014N OUB064019N OUB0
129. M ILSAC GF 4 However if the engine oil is not avail able in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN OUB081001 The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in register ing your vehicle and in all legal mat ters pertaining to its ownership etc VIN Label if equipped OVQ076002N VIN label The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL _ OQUB081005N The vehicle certification label attatched on the driver s side center pillar gives the vehicle identification number VIN Pio Scce neces sane ene eee ee ee ease teense a E cena Ste see eee tease n eae ease e ene ce aoe cee eee Se a eee oS Meee a see A cee ena ee oe ane sees e Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL Ls OUB071018 The tires supplied on your new vehi cle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pres sures recommended for your vehicle ENGINE NUMBER E f aeee OUBIS1004N The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing REFRIGERANT LABEL O
130. ONTHS C D E F G H Maintenance n MAINTENANCE ITEM pee bie MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL R AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID R CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER R FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS A Repeatedly driving shorts distances of less than 5 miles in normal temperature or less than 10 miles in freezing temperature B Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances C Driving on rough dusty muddy unpaved graveled or salt spread roads D Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather tif equipped DRIVING MAINTENANCE INTERVALS CONDITION EVERY 75 000 miles D E F GH I J EVERY 60 000 miles AJC TETEG nl MORE FREQUENTLY CIE E Driving in sandy areas F Driving in heavy traffic area over 90 F 32 C G Driving on uphill downhill or mountain road H Towing a Trailer or using a camper or roof rack Driving as a patrol car taxi other commercial use or vehicle towing J Driving over 106 MPH K Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance iii EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe con ditions more frequent oil and filter changes are required Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil s
131. Rear Camera Display The rear view camera is not a safety device It only serves to assist the driver in identifying objects directly behind the mid dle of the vehicle nor is it a sub stitute for proper and safe back ing up procedures The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle Objects can be much closer than they appear in the display screen and can be distorted in both size and proportion The Rear Camera Display may not display A WARNING Backing amp using cam era Never rely solely on the rear view camera when backing You must always use methods of viewing the area behind you including looking over both shoulders as well as continu ously checking all three rear view mirrors Due to the difficul ty of ensuring that the area behind you remains clear always back slowly and stop immediately if you even suspect that a person and especially a child might be behind you OUB041093 every object behind the vehicle The Rear Gamera Display will acti vate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position This system is a supplemental sys tem that displays a veiw from behind the vehicle through the UVO audio or navigation display while backing up Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER LIGHTING OUB045094N The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it neces sary to stop the car
132. SC Module RR HTD 40A I P Junction Box Rear Defogger Relay ECU 5 10A PCM H LP HI IND 10A Instrument Cluster Maintenance SSS Engine compartment main fuse panel Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected IG2 40A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Start Relay W O Smart Key Ignition Switch With Smart Key PDM Relay Box ESCL IG2 Relay ECU1 30A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Engine Control Relay ECU2 10A ECU3 10A Not Used BLOWER 40A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Blower Relay C FAN 40A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Cooling Fan Low Relay Cooling Fan Hi Relay F PUMP 20A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Fuel Pump 1 Relay H LAMP HI 20A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp HI Relay H LAMP 20A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Head Lamp LO Relay HORN 10A PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Horn Relay Burglar Alarm Horn Relay ECU2 10A M T ECM A T E R Junction Box ECU_VM 10A B UP LAMP 10A A T PCM Transaxle Range Switch WIPER 10A ECM PCM Rain Sensor ECU4 20A ECM PCM INJECTOR 15A ECM PCM PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Fuel Pump 1 Relay H LAMP LH 10A Head Lamp LH SENSOR 10A Purge Control Solenoid Valve Oil Control Valve 1 2 Oxygen Sensor Up Down Variable Intake Solenoid Valve Canister Close Valve IGN COIL 20A CONDENSOR IGNITION COIL 1 2 3 4 H LAMP RH 10A Head Lamp RH Maintenance LIGHT BULBS Use only the bulbs of the specified If you don t have necessary tools the
133. START STOP button for more than 10 sec onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown OUB055108 e If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button with the smart key When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 sec onds while it is in the ACC posi tion The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine Driving your vehicle MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED Manual transaxle operation TE p A CAUTION Downshifting The manual transaxle has 6 forward F gears Do not downshift more than 2 eer ee gears or downshift the gear This shift pattern is imprinted on the when the engine is running at shift knob The transaxle is fully syn high speed 5 000 RPM or high chronized in all forward gears so er Such a downshifting may shifting to either a higher or a lower damage the engine clutch and gear is easily accomplished the transaxle Depress the clutch pedal down fully while shifting then release it slowly If your vehicle is equipped with an ignition lock switch the engine will The shift lever can be moved without not start when starting the engine pressing the button without depressing t
134. The system will be disarmed when Transmitter The door unlock button is pressed The engine is started within 3 seconds The ignition switch is in the ON position for 30 seconds or more Smart key The door unlock button is pressed The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key The engine is started within 3 seconds After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is dis armed After pressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed Features of your vehicle e The starter will not engage when the theft system is armed while attempting to start the vehicle If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition switch turn the ignition switch to the ON position and wait for 30 seconds Then the system will be disarmed If you lose your keys consult your authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle DOOR LOCKS ace A A OQUB041004 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle e Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock e If you lock unlock the door with a key all vehicle doors will lock unlock automatically if equipped with power door locks From the driver s door turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle once to unlock the
135. UB071062N The refrigerant label is located on the underside of the hood The label contains the following infor mation e Type of refrigerant oil e Amount of refrigerant oil Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects CONSUMER ASSISTANCE U S ONLY Roadside Assistance is provided on all new current model year Kia Vehicles from the date the vehicle is deliv ered to the first retail buyer or otherwise put into use in service date whichever is earlier for a period of 60 months or 60 000 miles whichever is earlier subject to the terms conditions and exclusions set forth in the Kia Warranty and Consumer Information Manual applicable to your model year vehicle KMA reserves the right to limit or deny services or other benefits to any owner or driver when in KMA s judgment the claims and or service requests are excessive in fre quency or type of occurrence Toll free consumer assistance Kia s toll free Consumer Assistance hot line is staffed from 5 00 AM to 6 00 PM PST Monday through Friday and is accessible by dialing 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 For more information regarding assistance available please refer to your Kia Warranty amp Consumer Information Manual Emergency roadside assistance Kia s toll free Roadside Assistance hot line is staffed 24 hours a day 365 days a year and is accessible by dialing 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 Please note that you must provide your Vehicle Identification
136. Wireless Technology phone book it takes some times to convert the phone book data into voice infor mation During this time voice recognition may not properly oper ate Pronounce the voice commands naturally and clearly as if in a nor mal conversation Features of your vehicle Standard Audio System E Type A 1 E Type A 2 equipped with Bluetooth Wireless Technology Features of your vehicle SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND FUNCTIONS Display and settings may differ depending on the selected audio Audio Head Unit E Type A 1 1 SESB EJECT Ejects the disc 2 Changes to FM AM SIRIUS mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of FM1 FM2 AM SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 K In Setup gt Display the radio pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys E io select the desired mode 3 Changes to CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of CD USB iPod AUX My Music BT Audio K In Setup gt Display the media pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned Con When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE knob or keys to select the desired mode 4 Operates Phone Screen When a phone is not connected the connection screen is displayed 5 Radio Mode Automatically
137. a Item Tire size Wheel size Normal load Maximum load wyheel Mg NUE targus Ib ft kg m N m Front Rear Front Rear oa P185 65R15 5 5J X 15 33 33 33 33 Full size tire P205 45R17 6 5J X 17 230 230 230 230 65 79 Compact 60 60 60 60 9 11 88 107 spare tire D i SAE 420 420 420 420 if equipped NOTICE We recommend that when replacing tires use the same originally supplied with the vehicles If not that affects driving performance fio scce neces sae e ene eee eee ease teense eee eee eet cena Ste see ee eee n eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee ees ae eases eee e eee oo eee eee ence ema sagem ene a ane Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects WEIGHT VOLUME Gasoline 1 6 Item 4 Door 5 Door M T A T M T A T Gross vehicle weight 3593 3660 3527 3593 lbs kg 1630 1660 1600 1630 Luggage volume 4 Door SAE Min 13 7 389 Max Min 10 288 D VDA ou ft 5 Door VDA Fax 32 923 AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM Item Weight of volume Classification l 0 98 1 09 Ibs Refrigerant 445 4959 R 134a Compressor lubricant 110 130 cc PAG FD46XG We recommend that you contact an authorized Kia dealer for more details Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper qu
138. a S Aa ee a ne eae et ae eee te et ets Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Setting The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology A WARNING Driving while distracted can result in a loss of vehicle control that may lead to an accident severe personal injury and death The driver s primary responsibility is in the safe and legal operation of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equipment or vehicle sys tems which take the driver s eyes attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehi cle or which are not permissible by law should never be used dur ing operation of the vehicle Pairing a New Device Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Pair Phone Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired with the audio system For more information refer to the Pairing through Phone Setup section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology a Viewing Paired Phone List Press the key Select Phone gt Select Phone List g This feature is used to view mobile phones that have been paired with the audio system Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is dis played For more
139. ace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 22 500 miles or 18 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a Se NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 30 000 miles or 24 months Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped U Inspect cooling system U Inspect drive shaft and boots U Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection U Inspect fuel tank air filter Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid Brake lines hoses and connections Brake pedal and operation Chassis body nuts and bolts Drum brake and linings if equipped Disc brakes and pads if equipped Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace air cleaner filter 3 4 5
140. ach broadcast for 5 seconds each After scanning all frequencies returns and plays the current broadcast fre quency e Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broad casts saved in Preset i for 5 seconds each Selecting through manual search Turn the TUNE knob left right to adjust the frequency e FM Changes by 200kHz e AM Changes by 10kHz MENU Within key are the A Store Auto Store and Info functions M A Store Press the key gt Set A Store through TUNE knob or key Saves broadcasts with superior reception to HEB keys If no frequencies are received then the most recently received frequency will be broadcast fio SceS neces seeeeneecee a a O a cee Ste see eee ease eee selene sea se ee kee ce aoe cee ees ae eases eee eee as a Meee a sence eee aca eee ee a eee ceee Features of your vehicle SIRIUS Satellite Radio information Satellite Radio channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio has over 130 channels including 69 channels of 100 commercial free music plus sports news talk and entertainment available nationwide in your vehicle For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS Satellite Radio chan nels visit sirius com in the United States sirius canada ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio reception factors To receive the satellite signal your vehicle has been equipped with a satellite radio antenna located on the roof of
141. afety issues and defects please contact your Kia s toll free Consumer Assistance hot line as below National Consumer Affairs Manager Kia Motors America Inc P O Box 52410 Irvine CA 92619 2410 1 800 333 4Kia 4542 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Kia Motors America Inc If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy cam paign However NHTSA cannot become involved in indi vidual problems between you your dealer or Kia Motors America Inc To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Ave SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ONLINE FACTORY AUTHORIZED MANUALS U S ONLY The following publications are available on www kKiaTechinfo com Service manual This manual covers maintenance and recommended pro cedures for repair to engine and chassis components It is written for th
142. ailure and tire dam age Driving your vehicle A CAUTION Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels espe cially at speeds more than 35 mph 56 km h Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is stationary could cause a tire to overheat which could result in tire damage OUN056051 Smooth cornering Avoid braking or gear changing in corners especially when roads are wet Ideally corners should always be taken under gentle acceleration If you follow these suggestions tire wear will be held to a minimum Driving at night Because night driving presents more hazards than driving in the daylight here are some important tips to remember e Slow down and keep more dis tance between you and other vehi cles as it may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may not be any street lights Driving your vehicle e Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s head lights Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic head light aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night Avoid staring directly at the head lights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness 1JBB3303 Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you
143. aining highly alka line or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause dis coloration or paint deteriora tion Maintenance r Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replace ment be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced Bright metal maintenance To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts from corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preser vative and rub to a high luster During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preservative If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody If these materials are not removed acceler ated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle under body and wheel openings with luke warm or cold water on
144. ality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle Lubricant Engine oil drain and refill recommended or equivalent D lt TOTAL Volume 3 8 US qt 3 6 1 Classification API Service SM ILSAC GF4 or above ACEA A5 or above Manual transaxle fluid 1 7 1 8 US at 1 6 1 71 API GL 4 SAE 70W approved by Kia Motors Corp Automatic transaxle 1 6 Engine 7 71 US qt 7 3 J MICHANG ATF SP IV SK ATF SP IV NOCA ATF SP IV Kia genuine ATF SP IV or other brands meeting the above specification approved by Kia Motor Co Automatic transaxle 5 6 US qt 5 5 1 Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water Coolant Manual transaxle 5 8 US qt 5 3 1 Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator Brake Clutch fluid ara FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 Fuel 11 4 US gal 43 1 Refer to Fuel requirements in section 1 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page 2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings
145. ance free and should only be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer For charging your AGM battery use only fully automatic bat tery chargers that are specially developed for AGM batteries When replacing the AGM battery use only the Kia genuine battery for the ISG system NOTICE If the AGM battery is reconnected or replaced ISG function will not operate immediately If you want to use the ISG function the battery sensor needs to be cali brated for approximately 4 hours with the ignition off and then turn the engine on and off 2 or 3 times Do not open or remove the cap on top of the battery This may cause the leak of dangerous internal elec trolytes 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative termi nal is grounded 2 lf the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to touch 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illus tration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive termi nal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a solid sta tionary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not con nect it to or near any part that moves when
146. and Expert modes Select Prompt Feedback gt Set through TUNE knob e On This mode is for beginner users and provides detailed instructions during voice command operation e Off This mode is for expert users and omits some information during voice command operation When using Expert mode guidance instructions can be heard through the Help or Menu commands Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language gt Set through TUNE knob The system will reboot after the language is changed Language support by region English Francais Espanol Features of your vehicle RADIO FM AM or SIRIUS SEEK Press the key e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Automatically searches for the next station e Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds While holding the key frequency changes without stopping When the key is released automatically searches for the next frequency from that point Preset SEEK Press the GE key e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key e Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and hold ing the desired key from GEG will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP SCAN Press the key e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds The broadcast frequen cy increases and previews e
147. ansaxle ss sccsecesceseeeeceseeeeceeeeeeeeseeeaeceaeeseenaeeaee 5 13 Memory fuse ss ssssssssssssessesseesesssessssssssesseesesssssnesnesesenes 7 67 aa A E E 4 43 Day night rearview Miirror s sseseeeeseeeeeeeeseeneeees 4 43 Folding the outside rearviwe Mirror eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 4 45 Inside rearview Mirror ceeeeeesereeeeeeeeeseeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetens 4 43 Outside rearview MiO eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeteneeeeeees 4 43 Remote control esesessesecsseccseorsesessssecsstocssecssnesssee 4 44 Multifuse siesta etd lice eas a 7 68 O Occupant detection system eeeeeeereeererrereerrertrereerrerterte 3 37 Odometerer eein n E E aii Ss 4 49 Oil Engine seeeeeteeeereteeeessteeeesseeesessseessssseessnereessnrreeenne 7 35 Outside rearview MjpTOp e eeeeteteeteteetttretetrereerseresesreresrs 4 43 Outside rearview mirror remote Control eeeeeetereereeees 4 44 Overhead ts irene ceases sk veer Sivas ns ei wee 6 8 Owner maintenance i recesseescesceesceseeeeeeseeesececeseteeaeeneenaes 7 6 P Parking brake seeeeeeeteeeeeseeeessssesssssreesseeeeessnnreennne 5 24 7 41 Power brakes sts ssses dsesascncsssssivacesscosvhesdsneosstesuenenseversensticed 5 22 PO Wer ontlener creiren ersan ar ie Tesia 4 121 Power window lock button e eseeereesteeeeseeeseeenseeeeeees 4 29 Pre tensioner seat belt sss ssssssssssssessssssssssssssssssesssssssssse 3 18 Push starting E a E 6 7 R RG Ar SGA E E E E E EA E E E E E 3 9 Rear
148. ant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age location in the vehicle What to do in an emergency Distributing the sealant 11 Immediately drive approximately 4 6miles 7 10km or about 10min to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h If possible do not fall below a speed of 12 mph 20 km h While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road If this occures call for roadside service or towing When you use the Tire Mobility Kit the tire pressure sensors and wheel may be stained by sensors Therefore remove the tire pressure sensors and wheel stained by sealant and have it serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Checking the tire inflation pressure 1 After driving approximately 4 6miles 7 10km or about 10min stop at a safe location 2 Connect connection hose 9 of the compressor directly to the tire valve 3 Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet 4 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recomended tire inflation With the ignition switched on pro ceed as follows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compressor position To check the current inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor NOTICE The pressure ga
149. arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created dur ing a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the car s interior Always use a child restraint system which is appropriate for your child s height and weight A WARNING Seat belt use Do not use one seat belt for two occupants at the same time This will eliminate any safety benefit provided by the seat belt to the occupants A WARNING Unattended Children Never leave children unattend ed in a vehicle The car can heat up very quickly resulting in injuries to the child in the vehi cle Rearward facing child restraint system Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s instructions Safety features of your vehicle For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emer gency conditions emergency lock mode you must manually change these seat belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the system checked immediately by your authorized Kia deal
150. arning bo As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approximately 6 seconds But if the belts is refastened within the 6 seconds the warning chime will turn off and the warning light will blink for the remainder of the 6 second peri od Features of your vehicle If the driver s seat belt is disconnect ed after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will blink for approxi mately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the seat belt warning light and chime will operate approxi mately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph 5 km h Turn signal indicator lt The blinking green arrows on the instrument panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all it indicates a malfunction in the turn signal sys tem You should consult your dealer for repairs
151. as that are not covered by the SIRIUS repeater network There may be other unforeseen cir cumstances leading to reception problems with the SIRIUS satellite radio signal Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio A WARNING Cell phone A WARNING Audio System When a cellular phone is used inside use Do not disassemble assemble the vehicle noise may be produced Do not use a cellular phone or modify the audio system from the audio system This does not while driving Stop at a safe Such acts could result in fire or mean that something is wrong with location to use a cellular phone electric shock the audio equipment In such a case try to operate mobile devices as far from the audio equipment as possible 44 WARNING Driver A WARNING Antenna Distraction Do not touch the antenna dur When using a communication sys DO not stare at the screen ing thunder or lightening as tem such as a cellular phone or a while driving Staring at the such acts may lead to lightning radio set inside the vehicle a sepa screen for prolonged periods induced electric shock rate external antenna must be fitted of time could lead to traffic When a cellular phone or a radio set accidents is used with an internal antenna Using the phone while drivin alone it may interfere with the vehi may ead 5 a lack of stanton d CAUTION f cle s electrical system and adversely of traffic conditions and Re
152. ass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged that is cov ered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container CAUTION Rear windows Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage to the rear window defroster grid Maintenance I EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty information contained in the Warranty amp Maintenance booklet in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control systems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control sys tem 2 Evaporative emission control sys tem 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is recommended that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized Kia dealer in accor dance with the maintenance sched ule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system To prevent the vehicle from mis firing during dynamometer test ing turn the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch After dynamometer testing is completed turn the ESC system back o
153. assenger s seat belt usage and impact severity The advanced SRS offers the ability to control the air bag inflation with two levels A first stage level is pro vided for moderate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts The passengers front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sitting close to the instru ment panel in low speed collisions However children are safer if they are restraint in the rear seat According to the impact severity seating position and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occu pant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under cer tain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section Do not place any objects that may cause magnetic fields near the front seat These may cause a malfunction of the seat track position sensor Safety features of your vehicle Manufacturers are required by gov ernment regulations to provide a contact point concerning modifica tions to the vehicle for persons with disabilities which modifications may affect the vehicle s advanced air bag system
154. ater or other liq uids to come in contact with electrical electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them A CAUTION Leather When cleaning leather products steering wheel seats etc use neutral detergents or low alco hol content solutions If you use high alcohol content solutions or acid alkaline detergents the color of the leather may fade or the surface may get stripped off Maintenance ee O Cleaning the upholstery and inte rior trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fab ric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solu tion recommended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots imme diately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is not proper ly maintained Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties Cleaning the lap shoulder belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instructions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window gl
155. ational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle It is sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all warranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle Kia offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing Kia reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your Kia dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle 2015 Kia MOTORS AMERICA Inc All rights reserved May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia MOTORS AMERICA Inc Printed in Korea TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction How to use this manual Fuel requirements Vehicle break in process Vehicle data collection and event data recorders Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview Interior overvi
156. attery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is disconnected Reset items Items should be reset after the bat tery has been discharged or the bat tery has been disconnected e Auto down window See section 4 e Sunroof See section 4 Trip computer See section 4 e Climate control system See section 4 e Clock See section 4 e Audio See section 4 Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle Recommended cold tire infla tion pressures All tire pressures including the spare should be checked when the All specifications sizes and pres tires are cold Cold Tires means the sures can be found on a label vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the driver s side center least three hours or driven less than pillar one mile 1 6 km Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance OO Underinflation also
157. aturation and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked peri odically for proper tension and adjusted as necessary Fuel filter A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard starting If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized Kia dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and connections for leakage and dam age Have an authorized Kia dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those inter vals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor rectly replaced Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses if equipped Inspect the surface of hoses for evi dence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indicate deterio ration Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in con tact
158. ay notice clear water dripping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle This is a normal sys tem operation characteristic e Operating the air conditioning sys tem in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling how ever continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system operation characteristic If you operate air conditioner excessively the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the wind shield could cause the outer sur face of the windshield to fog up causing loss of visibility In this case set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control to the lower speed Outside air Recirculated f rl Blower Evaporator core Climate control air filter Heater core OHM048209 Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air posi
159. ay occur or R Reverse gear position Driving your vehicle Using the clutch The clutch should be depressed all the way to the floor before shifting then released slowly The clutch pedal should always be fully released while driving Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This can cause unnecessary wear Do not partially engage the clutch to hold the vehicle on an incline This causes unnecessary wear Use the foot brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle on an incline Do not operate the clutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up steep hills downshift before the engine starts to labor Downshifting reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need to increase your speed again When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Good driving practices e Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This is extremely hazardous Always leave the vehicle in gear Don t ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and mal function Instead when you are driving down a long hill shift to a lower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the vehicle Slow down before shifting to a lower gear This will help avoid over revving the engine which can cause damage Slow down when you encounter cross winds
160. ayed radio screen Call lt Name gt Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as e When currently listening to the FM radio on Other Other in Contacts maintains the current state Ex Call John Smith on Other e When listening to a different mode displays Phone Provides guidance on Phone related com the most recently played FM screen pe ors hei k E a FM1 FM One Displays the FM1 screen avorites Call History Contacts or Dia F Number execute corresponding functions FM2 FM Two Displays the FM2 screen Favorites Displays the Favorite screen AM Displays the AM screen Call History Displays the Call History screen NTN hm lf I If IIE Features of your vehicle Command Function FM Preset 1 6 Plays the most recently played broadcast saved in FM Preset 1 6 AM Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in AM Preset 1 6 FM 87 5 107 9 Plays the FM broadcast of the corresponding frequency AM 530 1710 Plays the AM broadcast of the corresponding frequency SIRIUS e When listening to the SIRIUS maintains Satellite the current state e When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played SIRIUS screen al Satellite Displays the selected SIRIU screen SIRIUS Channel Plays the selected SIRIUS channel 0 223 Media Moves to the most recently played media s
161. between F MAX and L MIN marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool Maintenance If the coolant level is low add enough specified coolant to provide protec tion against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F MAX but do not overfill If frequent coolant addition is required see an authorized Kia deal er for a cooling system inspection Recommended engine coolant e When adding coolant use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the fac tory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the spec ified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution For mixture percentage refer to the following table Mixture Percentage volume Ambient Temperature Antifreeze Water 5 F 15 C 35 65 13 F 25 C 40 60 31 F 35 C 50 50 49 F 45 C 60 40 OAM072006 Maintenance Changing the coolant CAUTION Removing ging radiator cap Have the coolant changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to z4 Never attempt tO the Maint
162. braking VSM operation When the VSM is in operation ESC indicator light blinks When the vehicle stability manage ment is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indicates nothing unusual NOTICE No system no matter how advanced can compensate for all driver error and or driving conditions Always drive responsibly Driving your vehicle The VSM does not operate when Driving on bank road such as gra dient or incline Driving rearward ESC OFF indicator light 2 remains on the instrument cluster EPS indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light illuminates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t cancel the VSM operation by pressing the ESC OFF button It indicates that a malfunction has been detected somewhere in the Electric Power Steering system or VSM system If the ESC indicator light or ESC warning light remains on take your vehi cle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 9 mph 15 km h on curves e The VSM is designed to function above approximately 18 mph 30 km h when a vehicle is brak
163. bs Subtract Occupant 750 lbs Subtract Occupant 815 Ibs B Weight 136 kg B Weight 340 kg B Weight 370 kg 150 Ibs 68 kg x 2 150 Ibs 68 kg x 5 163 Ibs 74 kg x 5 C Available Cargo and 549 Ibs c Available Cargo and 99 Ibs c Available Cargo and 34 Ibs Luggage weight 249 kg Luggage weight 45 kg Luggage weight 15 kg Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The combined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Driving your vehicle TRIM COLD TIRE INFL DS TYPE MPV OEN056020 Certification label The certification label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehi
164. can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the overhead console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position CAUTION To prevent damage to the sun roof periodically remove any dirt that may accumulate on the guide rail In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freez ing conditions After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sun roof before operating it CAUTION Sunroof con trol lever Do not continue to press the sun roof control lever after the sun roof is fully opened closed or tilted Damage to the motor or system components could occur The sunroof cannot slide when it is in the tilt position nor can it be tilted while in an open or slide position Li QUB041027 Sliding the sumol To open the sunroof pull the sunroof control lever backward To close the sunroof push the sun roof control lever forward Features of your vehicle To open the sunroof automatically Pull the sunroof control lever back ward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will slide all the way open To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To close the sunroof automatically Push the sunroof control lever for ward to the second detent position and then release it The
165. ce a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rust ing Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner polishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum wheels They may scratch or damage the finish Clean the wheel cooled Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps prevent corro sion Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes Do not use any alkaline or acid detergents It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coat ed with a clear protective finish when it has Maintenance I Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corro sion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corrosion we produces vehicles of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of c
166. chometer to select the cor rect shift points and to prevent lug ging and or over revving the engine The tachometer pointer may move slightly when the ignition switch is in ACC or ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is run ning Features of your vehicle CAUTION Red zone Do not operate the engine with in the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage OUB042048N Engine coolant temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the igni tion switch is ON Do not continue driving with an over heated engine If your vehicle over heats refer to If the engine over heats in section 6 If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheating that may damage the engine OUB042047N Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approx imate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in section 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank Features of your vehicle A CAUTION Low fuel Avoid driving with extremely low fuel level Running out
167. cle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger Driving your vehicle NOTICE Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be cov ered by your warranty Do not over load your vehicle Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capa bility with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehi cle design performance Before load ing your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determin ing your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the compliance label Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or option al equipment Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your deal er plus any aftermarket equipment Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment GAW Gross axle weigh
168. crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Always be sure that you and all vehi cle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended feet on the floor and wear ing the safety belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the safety belt e The ODS Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can defeat the detection sys tem These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright posi tion 2 Leaning against the door or cen ter console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or resting them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the safety belt 6 Reclining the seat back Safety features of your vehicle Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system Indicator Warning light Devices Condition detected by the occupant PASSENGER AIR detection system BAG OFF indica ants isi Front passenger i light air bag tor light 1 Adult or child age 13 and up Off Off Activate
169. creen CD Plays the music saved in the CD USB Plays USB music iPod Plays iPod music Command Function My Music Plays the music saved in My Music AUX Auxiliary Plays the connected external device Bluetooth Audio Plays the music saved in connected Bluetooth device Please repeat Repeats the most recent comment Mute Mutes the sound Cancel Exit Ends voice command Features of your vehicle e FM AM radio commands Commands available dur e Satellite radio commands Commands that can be ing FM AM radio operation used while listening to Satellite Radio Command Function Command Function Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast station saved in Preset 1 6 Channel 0 223 Plays the selected Satellite Radio channel Scan Scans receivable frequencies from the current Scan Scans receivable channels from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current Preset 1 6 Plays the broadcast saved in Preset 1 6 present and plays for 10 seconds each Information Displays the information of the current broad cast Features of your vehicle e Audio CD commands Commands available during e MP3 CD USB commands Commands available dur Audio CD operation ing USB and MP3 CD operation Command Function Co
170. cularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can con tribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good con dition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion If bare metal is showing through the atten tion of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possible Maintenance Don t neglect the interior Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corro sion Check under the mats periodi cally to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertil izers cleaning materials or chemi cals in the car These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried Interior care Interior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume cosmetic oil sun cream hand clean er and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do contact the interior parts wipe them off immediately A CAUTION Electrical components Never allow w
171. currently connected 2 Paired Phone Device that is paired but not connected Features of your vehicle Changing Priority What is Priority It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices with the car audio system The Change Priority feature is used to set the connection priority of paired phones Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Phone List From the paired phone list select the phone you want to switch to the highest priority then select Change Priority button from the Menu The selected device will be changed to the highest priority e Priority icon will be displayed when the selected phone is set as a pri ority phone Pio scce neces seat ene eee eee ease teen skeet eel AE eee esate eae eas eee Meee ce aoe cee E oS Meee aseee eee cae eee EE Features of your vehicle Disconnecting a Device Deleting a Device e When deleting the currently con nected device the device will auto matically be disconnected to pro Press the key gt Select Press the key gt Select ceed with the deleting process Phone gt Select Phone List Phone gt Select Phone List If a paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and contacts data will also be deleted e To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again From the paired phone list select the From the paired phone list select the currently connected device and
172. d To use the ashtray open the cover To clean or empty the ashtray pull it out Features of your vehicle Cup holder NOTICE m Type A When cleaning spilled liquids do not dry the cup holder at high tem perature This may damage the cup holder CAUTION Do not place uncovered cups in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion If the liquid spills electric systems may malfunc tion OUB041179 Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders io sccS nese see eee eee a eee ease teense eee eee eel a E ese te eae sea see enema ce ace cee See eases eee eee et oS eee eeee aca eee e ene eee eae Features of your vehicle y OUB041172 Sliding armrest if equipped To move forward Grab the front portion of the armrest 1 then pull it forward To move rearward Push the armrest rearward with your palm OVG049174 Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side win dow pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward 3 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 4 The ticket holder 5 if equipped is provided for holding a tollgate ticket CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp If you use the vanity mirror lamp turn off the lamp before return
173. d 2 Infant or child restraint system D d with 12 months old On off eactivate 3 Unoccupied On Off Deactivated 4 Malfunction in the system Off On Activated 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize him her as an infant depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat 4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months to 12 years old with or without child restraint sys tem sits in the front passenger seat This is a normal condition Safety features of your vehicle Continued B990A080 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with the hips shifted Never place the feet on the front passenger seat towards the front of the seat dashboard OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 1KMN3664 Never place the feet on the Never excessively recline the Never lean on the door or cen front passenger seatback front passenger seatback ter console i Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle B990A010 When an adult
174. d tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1615 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2015 4 Tire ply composition and mate rial The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction 5 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Maintenance eres 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
175. d a sal vage title or similar branded title under any state s law or has been declared a total loss or equivalent by a financial institution or insurance company Trip interruption Trip interruption expense benefits are provided in the event that a warranty related disablement occurs more than 150 miles from your home and the repairs require more than 24 hours to complete Reasonable reimburse ment is included for meals lodging or rental car expens es Trip interruption coverage is limited to 100 per day subject to a three day maximum limit per incident You must contact the Kia Roadside Assistance Center to obtain pre authorization of expenses Once the Kia Roadside Assistance Center gives authorization for trip interruption benefits they will assist you in making the necessary arrangements Insurance deductibles expenses and claims paid by your insurance company or other providers are not eligible for reimbursement Fleet vehicles are excluded from reimbursement under Kia s Trip Interruption Policy Registering your vehicle in a foreign country If you plan to register your vehicle in a foreign country you should confirm that it conforms to the regulations in that country Even if you successfully register the vehicle in a foreign country you may experience the following problems and should therefore consider the possibility of having to deal with them 1 The fuel specified for your vehicle may be u
176. d fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion Travel lightly Don t carry unneces sary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warm up After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to placing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather however give your engine a slightly longer warm up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoided by shifting at the recommended speed e Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operated by engine power so your fuel economy is reduced when you use it Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating condition is important both for econ omy and safety Therefore have an authorized Kia dealer perform scheduled inspections and mainte nance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Hazardous driving conditi
177. d in this position OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windshield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the wind shield wipers to ensure proper oper ation X Rain sensor OXM049123 AUTO Automatic control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper inter val The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the wiper will operate once to per form a self check of the system Set the wiper to off position when the wiper is not in use Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers x NOTICE Sensor cover Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the pas senger side windshield glass as this may damage the sensor system NOTICE Winter driving Always set the auto wiper switch to the off position in the winter to avoid auto
178. d nut on a metric stud will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an authorized Kia dealer To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly Check the inflation pressures as soon as possible after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure if necessary Refer to Tires and wheels in section 8 What to do in an emergency Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The com pact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and rim at the first opportunity The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tire in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 60 psi 420 kPa Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary When using a compact spare tire observe th
179. d replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor should standard tires snow tires wheel covers or trim rings be used with the compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time Do not tow a trailer while the com pact spare tire is installed What to do in an emergenc Jack label 1 Model Name E Example 2 Maximum allowable load Type A 3 When using the jack set your parking brake 4 When using the jack stop the engine 5 Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack 6 The designated locations under the frame 7 When supporting the vehicle the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point 8 Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move ve imaman aeons the shift lever to the P position on DU CO LTO vehicles with automatic transmis OHYK064005 sion amp QOWWAAAA eunjoejnuew jo 3iyv0 QGWHIAAAAD JUN IOVANNVN 40 Java 9 The jack should be used on firm MAX WEIGHT ooookgloooo Ib Z N aarioita aai lene ONLY TO SPECIFIED CARIAIS RISAS NBS 2 5 6 a gt Go a a ia level ground
180. d should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in Section 7 Maintenance Before starting Close and lock all doors Position the seat so that all con trols are easily reached Buckle your seat belt Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are familiar with your vehicle and its equipment Driving your vehicle A WARNING Driving while intoxi cated Do not drive while intoxicated Drinking and driving is danger ous Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving while under the influ ence of drugs is as dangerous as or more dangerous than driv ing drunk A WARNING Fire risk When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire A WARNING Loose objects Securely store items in your vehicle When you make a sud den stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly ca
181. d with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Even if you replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire the Low Tire Pressure Telltale will blink or remain on until the low pressure tire is repaired and placed on the vehicle After you replace the low pressure tire with the TPMS spare tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale may blink or illuminate after a few minutes because the TPMS sensor mounted on the spare wheel is not initiated Once the low pressure tire is reinflat ed to the recommended pressure and installed on the vehicle or the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel is initiated by an authorized Kia dealer the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving please visit an authorized Kia dealer If original mounted tire is replaced with the spare tire the TPMS sensor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel should be deactivated If the TPMS sensor on the original mounted wheel located in the spare tire carrier still activates the tire pressure monitoring system may not operate properly Have the tire with TPMS serviced or replaced by an authorized Kia dealer
182. d with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tire wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount ing a regular size tire Maintenance A s Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset A wheel that is not the correct size may adversely affect wheel and bearing life braking and stopping abilities handling characteristics ground clearance body to tire clear ance snow chain clearance speedometer and odometer calibra tion headlight aim and bumper height CAUTION Wheel Wheels that do not meet Kia s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tires tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there is rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tires installed make sure they are
183. ded Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 97 500 miles or 78 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance aas NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 105 000 miles or 84 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fue
184. down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving can be danger ous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effective ness It also increases the wear of the brake components If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transaxle don t let your vehicle creep forward To avoid creeping forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped Driving your vehicle e Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your park ing brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most like ly to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or nea
185. driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was travel ing These data can help provide a bet ter understanding of the circum stances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of per sonally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investiga tion To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Exterior overview I isccc occ clo siale ensaca gasens 2 2 Exterior overview IT ccc ececceece 2 3 Interior Overview ceecee seo eesosas ee eo ees 2 4 Instrument panel overview 000 2 5 Engine compartment eses essees nieee arees 2 6 Your vehicle at a glance EXTERIOR OVERVIEW I E Front 4 Door 5 Door elmore lernerereersmercoterera rrr certerataecnoe 4 31 5 Outside rearview MirrOl
186. drivers door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors if equipped with power door locks Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter key or smart key if equipped Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle When closing the door push the door by hand Make sure the doors are closed securely NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing con ditions If the door is locked unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components Features of your vehicle M0uB041183N To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch 2 if equipped to the Lock position and close the door 3 If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically if equipped with central door lock system Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended LG M 009 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button e To unlock a door push the door lock button 1 to the Unlock posi tion The red mark 2 on the button will be visible e To lock a door
187. e pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steep ness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelera tor gradually while releasing the service brakes Driving your vehicle BRAKE SYSTEM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you normally would The stopping distance however will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering con trol on slippery surfaces CAUTION Brake pedal Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal This will create abnormally high brake temperatures which can cause excessive brake lining and pad wear Wet brakes may impair the vehicle s ability to safely slow down the vehi cle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance returns to normal
188. e vehicle Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running When the engine stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system A WARNING Catalytic converter Keep away from the catalytic converter and exhaust system while the vehicle is running or immediately thereafter The exhaust and catalytic systems are very hot and may burn you Operating precautions for catalyt ic converters if equipped A WARNING Fire e Do not park idle or drive the vehicle over or near flamma ble objects such as grass vegetation paper leaves etc A hot exhaust system can ignite flammable items under your vehicle Also do not remove the heat sink around the exhaust sys tem do not seal the bottom of the vehicle or do not coat the vehicle for corrosion control lt may present a fire risk under certain conditions Your vehicle is equipped with a cat alytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engines Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunc tion such as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off Do not operate the engine at h
189. e Engine compartment fuse replacement 7 68 e Fuse relay panel description 6 7 69 Light Walls se soenoe aeea oeo se oveiovel slay sions 7 77 e Headlight position light turn signal light front fog light bulb replacement 7 78 e Side repeater light bulb replacement 7 82 e Rear combination light bulb replacement 7 83 e High mounted stop light replacement 7 88 e License plate light bulb replacement 7 89 e Interior light bulb replacement 7 90 Appearance CALC vers cya ses yore ates a a clave ever starene 7 91 CHTEXTEMIOLCATCj cis ereiaiaie ai E vont vareh verer E 7 91 CHINtEHION Cale eee A E E 7 96 Emission control system ssssssssossse 7 98 California perchlorate notice 7 101 Maintenance I O ENGINE COMPARTMENT 1 Engine coolant reservoir 2 Engine oil filler cap 3 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 4 Air cleaner 5 Fuse box 6 Positive battery terminal 7 Negative battery terminal 8 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 9 Radiator cap 10 Engine oil dipstick The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OUB071103N Maintenance I MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever per forming any maintenance or inspec tion procedures Should you have any doubts c
190. e Journeyman mechanic but is simple enough for most mechanically inclined owners to under stand Electrical troubleshooting manual This manual complements the Service Manual by provid ing indepth troubleshooting information for each electrical circuit in your vehicle Owner s manual This manual describes the overall features and operating procedures for the vehicle Index A Active Eco System ssbcossbdebaorssacepnesssnctsasabasscusosdenssosasteaie 5 45 Air bag warning Pa belisistccieicsencsssstestecssensesetetantiesteaseote 3 54 Air bag warning light S dudcniied Seung E Lcd bese eRe sabe A 3 34 Te ip eens aac ers reese na tacataned 3 31 Air bag warning label cceeeceeeceeeeceeeeceeeeceeeeeeeseceeeeeeeee 3 54 Air bag warning light Sdemoa suse cenbccedssoneeiasgederseaeace lt eusecenc 3 34 Curtain air bag dads PENE PIORES P AE sees basta esae ease oneness eeee 3 46 Driver s and passenger s front air bagseeeeeereeeeeee 3 42 Occupant detection system ss sseteeeeeeeeetseeteteenes 3 37 Side impact ajr bape seisincatisaiwnatenccunientecan 3 45 SRS components and functions eetere 3 34 Aif cleaner eies eae renee eiet ada Eii 7 41 Air conditioning S a Oaa 8 6 Antenna ROOP eeeeeeeeeeteeesetitessetitesssrttsssrrtrsssrrresserreees 4 125 Anti Lock Brake System ABS ereere 5 26 Appearance GATE ssesitivtadivastetanctedace tonbicensescvhe E 7 9 EXteriO r CALC sceteeete eee eece eee eeteeeeeeeecsecenceeeseeteeeee
191. e ee sec ea eee Maintenance Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized Kia dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section A WARNING California proposition 65 Engine oil contains chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects and reproductive harm Used engine oil may cause irritation or cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for pro longed periods of time Always protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil ENGINE COOLANT The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the factory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder cli mate A WARNING Cooling fan Use caution when working near the blade of the cooling a fan The electric motor cooling fan is controlled by engine coolant temperature refrigerant pres sure and vehicle speed It may sometimes operate even when the engine is not running OAMO072005 Checking the coolant level Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater hoses Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses The coolant level should be filled
192. e eee ak a eee olen Features of your vehicle OUB041099 Luggage room lamp The luggage room lamp comes on when the trunk tailgate is opened To prevent unnecessary charging system drain close the trunk tail gate securely after using the lug gage room Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Push the switch to turn the light on or off e 4 The lamp will turn on if this button is pressed The lamp will turn off if this button is pressed Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor J OUB041100 Glove box lamp The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened To prevent unnecessary charging system drain close the glove box securely after using the glove box Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER CAUTION Conductors To prevent damage to the con ductors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield refer to Windshield Defrosting and Defogging in this section OQUB045101 Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear window while the engine is running To activate the rear wi
193. e engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START If the engine doesn t turn over If engine turns over normally or turns over slowly but does not start 1 If your vehicle has an automatic 1 Check fuel level transaxle be sure the shift lever is 2 With the ignition switch in the 2 in N Neutral or P Park and the emergency brake is set Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light o dims or goes out when you oper ate the starter the battery is dis charged Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tight ened Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for Jump starting LOCK position check all connec tors at the ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose Check the fuel line in the engine compartment If the engine still does not start call an authorized Kia dealer or seek other qualified assistance What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING Jumper Cables Booster battery x pi al 1VQA4001 Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery
194. e filling is complete Use ing since you can generate only approved portable plastic static electricity by touching fuel containers designed to rubbing or sliding against any carry and store gasoline item or fabric polyester satin nylon etc capable of produc ing static electricity Static A WARNING Cell phone electricity discharge can fires ignite fuel vapors resulting in Do not use cellular phones while rapid ead i you Asi a refueling Electric current and or enter the ve i e Tie e electronic interference from cel Ces eekun Ciego Perens lular phones can potentially tially dangerous static elec Ai tricity discharge by touching a ignite fuel vapors causing a fire metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck noz zle or other gasoline source Features of your vehicle Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel requirements suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler cap requires replace ment use only a genuine Kia cap or the equivalent specified for your vehi cle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control sys tem CAUTION Exterior paint Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OAM049018 If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you
195. e following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 50 mph 80 km h a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare e Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle control and possible per sonal injury e Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 1 inch 25 mm which could result in damage to the vehicle What to do in an emergency Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed Do not use tire chains on the com pact spare tire Because of the smaller size a tire chain will not fit properly This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain The compact spare tire should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice Do not use the compact spare tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle The compact spare tire s tread life is shorter than a regular tire Inspect your compact spare tire regularly an
196. e information on the tire sidewall Maintenance FUSES Blade type OTA070039 A vehicle s electrical system is pro tected from electrical overload dam age by fuses This vehicle has 2 fuse panels one located in the driver s side panel bol ster the other in the engine compart ment near the battery If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt If the electrical system does not work first check the drivers side fuse panel Before replacing a blown fuse move to safe place turn off the engine and all electric devices and then discon nect the negative battery cable Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indicates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and imme diately consult an authorized Kia dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating car tridge type and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings Maintenance CAUTION Fuse replacement Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ depending on equip ment options A CAUTION Fuse Replacement Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse relay
197. e or as hard as the situation allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes NOTICE A clicking sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is started These conditions are normal and indicate that the Anti Lock Brake System is function ing properly e Even with the Anti Lock Brake System your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The Anti Lock Brake System can not prevent accidents resulting from excessive speeds On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the Anti Lock Brake System may result in a longer stop ping distance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system Driving your vehicle W 78 The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS but your regular brakes will work normally Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible When you drive on a road with poor traction such as an icy road and operated your brakes continu ously the ABS will be active con tinuously and the ABS warning light may illuminate Pull your vehi cle over to a safe place and stop the engine Restart t
198. e when the system is not oper ating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi nated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminat ed the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons includ ing the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehi cle that prevent the TPMS from func tioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly What to do in an emergency If the TPMS indicator does not illumi nate for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or engine is running or If it comes on after blinking for approximately one minute take your car to your nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked Low tire pressure telltale When the tire pressure monitoring system warning indicator is illuminat ed one or more of your tires is sig nificantly under inflated If the telltale illuminates immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cor nerin
199. ease Features of your vehicle Digital clock and calendar if equipped Whenever the battery terminals or related fuses are disconnected you must reset the clock and the calen dar When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the clock but tons operate as follows es OUB045161N Setup the clock and calender With audio off 1 Press the SETUP CLOCK button 1 until the clock of the display blinks 2 Set the clock by turning the knob 2 and press it With audio on 1 Press the SETUP CLOCK button 1 until the clock adjust mode dis played 2 Set the clock by turning the knob 2 and press it Features of your vehicle For driver s side For passenger s side he b OUN 026348 pa Clothes hanger if equipped Floor mat anchor s To use the hanger pull down the When using a floor mat on the floor upper portion of hanger carpet make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor s in your vehicle This keeps the floor mat from sliding A CAUTION Hanging aad clothing Do not hang heavy clothes since those may damage the hook S E E EE EE A E EEE E EE E A EE EE Features of your vehicle The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that can not be firmly attached to the vehi cle s floor mat anchors Do not
200. ease button 1 while pulling the headrest upward 2 To reinstall the headrest put the headrest poles 3 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks in position Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle A WARNING Folded Seatback Never allow passengers to sit on top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving This is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use This could result in seri ous injury or death in case of an accident or sudden stop A WARNING Objects Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not extend higher than the top of the front seatbacks This could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops Safety features of your vehicle A OUB031049K To fold down the rear seatback 4 door 1 Make sure the rear seat belt web bing is in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged 2 Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 3 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position 4 Pull the lock release lever 1 and fold the rear seatback forward and down firmly If the seat belt remains extended after returning the seatback to it s upright position pull the s
201. eatbelt outward and release to retract the seatbelt 1 Make sure the rear seat belt web bing is in the guide to prevent the seat belt from being damaged 2 Set the front seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front seat forward 3 Lower the rear headrests to lowest position io Scceaeses sa ee ene cee ee ease teen aces Reet eet a came See see ee eee eee serene sea see eset aoe cee eee E oo eee e asec eee asa eee ee soee lee aeaaeee Safety features of your vehicle OUB032018N 4 Pull the lock release lever 1 and fold the rear seatback forward and down firmly If the seat belt locks after unfolding the rear seatback pull out the locked seat belt release it then pull it out again To unfold the rear seat 1 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback If you can not see the red line at the bottom of folding lever it means the seatback is locked com pletely 2 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position 3 When the seatback is completely installed check the seatback fold ing lever again When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position Safety
202. ed above e The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occu pant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe col lision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and bro ken bones because the inflation speed also causes the air bags to expand with a great deal of force e There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned exces sively close to the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates
203. ed too high on your waist it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision The arm closest to the seat belt buckle should be over the belt while the other arm should be under the belt as shown in the illustration Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat posi tions to help accommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combination retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recom mended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the features of both an emergency lock ing retractor seat belt and an auto matic locking retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the instal lation of a child restra
204. educe the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve maximum effectiveness of the restraint system all passengers should be sitting up and the front seats should be in an upright posi tion when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper pro tection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front seat is in a reclined position Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified In addi tion care should be taken to assure that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges doors or other abuse Periodic inspection All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solu tion and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additional questions concerning seat belt oper ation should be directed to an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must
205. eeeeeeeteeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 5 31 Parking brake s ssssssssssssessesssesessssssessessesenasasanassense 5 24 Power brakesesisssstsesoss ccusecevacesssosoneserscnssnessevsseenesteesseses 5 22 Vehicle stability management VSM ereerererereeeee 5 31 Brakes clutch fluid e ceesceeseeecesececeseeseceeeeeceeeeseeeeeees 7 39 Bulb replacement s ssssssssssesseesessssesessessessnastssssssenss 7 78 Bulb WALA QE eeeereeererreerrrererrererrerrrererreerererrresreereeerereeesee 8 3 Index I O C Calendare iere eiere a rE REE EEN 4 122 Capacities Lubricants s s sssssssssssessesseesssssssesseesenes 8 6 Care BIxteri on A E E 7 91 Thiterion capere eoe e EEE EE EE i EE E Ee Ene iait 7 96 ET TSG ALG e eea TEA EEE 7 51 Cargo Capacity eeeeeeeeteeeterreetrettterteerterreerteerteereeereeeeeet 5 57 Cargo welghtertitsterstirirsrssitirhisasisiriiosssisaretonrsieani 5 61 Center console Storage eretttttttreettettttereerett trte tett 4 114 Central door lock switch eeeeeeeeesererrereerereereerereeeses 4 19 Certification label e esresceeeeeseeeeeeseeseceseeeeneeeneens 5 59 8 9 Chains Te AIT Sess aerae Eas E TE EE 5 53 Changing tires sssssssssssssessnessssssessssesenessesssseeseenes 6 15 Checking tire inflation pressure tretet 7 52 Child restraint System eretet ttteetettt ttres trett tee 3 23 Automatic locking mode 1 ssssssssesnesessssssneseees 3 25 Dower anchor sessed i ie ee 3 29 Tether anchor
206. eeeesseceeee 7 91 Inte or CALE seei eeteeeeeeceeceeeeeceeceeeceeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 7 96 AS iiibays ada anereeomnta ina ereiarmaniowmnatiot 4 118 A diO Syberia scala ctnsctsatsssad tena htaeenactaesielaaielactabdeny 4 125 ATCT As tr sesidsnssnenctnescsncnsviseriseniss terns sseeasiseregetnedvseastnseed 4 125 Steering wheel audio CONELO eee te eeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 4 126 Automatic climate control system eseese 4 98 Air conditioning OBEON IEEE E IERE OAA V ANEA 4 105 Climate control air filter ecceeseereeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeneenee 4 107 Automatic transaxle s ececeessesseteeceseceeceeeseceseeseeneeeeeeneeees 5 16 SFE TG Ge ss steed tostbe das coded E 5 20 Sports Mode s ssssessessesssessesseesesssssssssnesesenasenasasaessnes 5 18 Automatic transaxle fluid e eeeceeeceeeeteceeeeteeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 7 40 Aux USB and iPod oreseeseseseeseseeeseeeeseeeeneneneeneneneeeneneees 4 127 B Base curb weight s ss ssssssssssesssssesssssessessesenesssssssenes 5 61 Battery ee 7 48 Battery Saver PUNCTION seseecseseesecnssecssssesssecseeeceees 4 77 Before driving ssesssssessessesssssesssesnssnsseesesssssessnesenenaes 5 3 Bottle holders see cup holders verrete 4 119 Brake system sssssssssssssssssesssesseessssssssessessesenassassssenss 5 22 Anti lock brake system ABS erette te 5 26 Electronic stability program ESC eeeereereeeeeeeereeees 5 27 Hill start assist Control e eece
207. eep key under 0 8 seconds Features of your vehicle Voice Command List Common Commands These commands can be used in most operations However a few commands may not be available during certain operations Command Function Command Function More Help Provides guidance on commands that can be Contacts Displays the Contacts screen After saying used anywhere in the system this command say the name of a contact Help Provides guidance on commands that can be saved in the Contacts to automatically con used within the current mode nect the call CalleName gt Calls lt Name gt saved in Contacts Dial Number Displays the Dial number screen After saying Ex Call John Smith this command you can say the number that Il Call lt Name gt Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as you waht to ca on Mobile Mobile in Contacts Redial Connects the most recently called number Ex Call John Smith on Mobile Tutorial Provides guidance on how to use voice Call lt Name gt Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as recognition and Bluetooth connections in Office Office in Contacts e When listening to the radio displays the next Ex Call John Smith in Office radio screen FM1i FM2 AM SAT1 Call lt Name gt Calls lt Name gt to the number that is saved as SAT2SAT3 4FM1 at Home Home in Contacts Radio e When listening to a different mode displays Ex Call John Smith at Home the most recently pl
208. efrosters Features of your vehicle OUB041124 Defrost mode When you select the defrost mode the following system settings will be made automatically e The air conditioning system will be turned on e The outside fresh air position will be selected e The fan speed will be set to the high speed To turn the defrost mode off press the mode button or defrost button again or AUTO button _J0UB041107 Instrument panel vents The outlet port can be opened or closed separately using the horizon tal thumbwheel To close the vent rotate it downward to the maximum position To open the vent rotate it upward to the desired position Also you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OUB045126 Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by turning the knob to the right extremely The temperature will decrease to the minimum Lo by turning the knob to the left extremely When turning the knob the tempera ture will increase or decrease by 0 5 C 1 F When set to the lowest temperature setting the air condi tioning will operate continuously Features of your vehicle Temperature conversion You can switch the temperature mode between Centigrade and Fahrenheit as follows While pressing the OFF button press the AUTO button for 4 seconds or more The display will change from Centigrade to Fahrenheit or from
209. en ese eee eee eet a cena Ste see ee eee eee setae ae sea te ee nea ce aoe cee E eee oS Meee nseeeeee scenes e soe n ee ee eee Safety features of your vehicle 1VQA2090 e Just before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehi cle causing it to ride under a vehi cle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detect ed by sensors may be significantly replaced by such under ride colli sions Air l bags do SUAE O 46N not inflate in most rollover accidents even though the vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and curtain air bags 1VQA2092 Air bags may not inflate if the vehi cle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not delivered to the sen sors Safety features of your vehicle SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi nate or continuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized Kia deal er Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel must be performed by an authorized Kia dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious
210. en t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized Kia dealer Check spark plugs and igni tion system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way Driving your vehicle To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heat ed key with care to avoid injury Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer anti freeze solution in accordance with instruc tions on the container Window wash er anti freeze is available from an authorized Kia dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint fin ish Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to hap pen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the sh
211. enance Schedule at the aa an te beginning of this section FA ie poraina Or PE Put a thick cloth or fabric around the Doing so might lead adiator cap before refilling the to cooling system and coolant in order to prevent the engine damage coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as the alternator Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use care when remov ing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counter clockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and con tinue turning counterclockwise to remove it Maintenance BRAKE CLUTCH IF EQUIPPED FLUID OUB071007 Checking the brake clutch fluid level Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir Before removing the reservoir cap and adding brake clutch fluid clean the area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake clutch fluid contamination if equipped CAUTION Proper fluid Only use brake clutch fluid in brake clutch system Small amounts of improper fluids such as engine oil can cause damage to the brake clutch sys tem If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a nor mal condit
212. entification number VIN 8 9 Vehicle certification label 6 4 8 9 Tire specification and pressure label 8 10 Engine numper soes cls sets e oie etonereneters 8 10 Refrigerant label ir onen oee 3 sci ree oe cers 8 10 Consumer assistance 0ce eee eeeees 8 11 Electrical equipment 0 eee eee 8 13 Reporting safety defects 00000 8 14 Online factory authorized manuals 8 15 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ENGINE Item Gasoline 1 6 Displacement cu in cc ee Bore x Stroke in mm oe ah Firing order 1 3 4 2 No of cylinders A In line DIMENSIONS Item in mm 4door 172 4370 O Il length aiid ii 5 door 159 4 4050 Overall width 67 7 1720 Overall height 57 2 1455 Front tread 185 65R15 59 8 1520 205 45R17 59 3 1507 185 65R15 60 1525 Rear tread i 205 45R17 59 4 1511 Wheelbase 101 1 2570 Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects BULB WATTAGE E 5 door Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type Head lamp Low 55W H11B High 55W H1 Front Position lamp 5W or LED P21 5W or LED Turn signal lamp 21W PY21W Front fog lamp 55W 9006 Side marker light 5W W5W Tail lamp Inside 5W or LED W5W or LED Outside 8W or LED P28 8W or LED Stop lamp Inside LED LED Outside 2
213. epressing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position SE E E EEO EE A AE EEE E E E A EE E Driving your vehicle ACC Accessory Orange Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The electrical accessories are opera tional If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off auto matically to prevent battery dis charge ON Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running START RUN Not illuminated To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Neutral position For your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the brake pedal the engine will not start and the button will change as follow OFF gt ACC gt ON gt OFF Driving your vehicle If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON posi tion for a long time the battery will discharge Jie Scceaeses sa ee ene cease eos
214. eption But it could be removed when parking the vehicle Features of your vehicle OUB041163 Steering wheel audio control if equipped The steering wheel audio control but ton is installed to improve conven ience Do not operate the audio remote control buttons simultaneously VOLUME 1 e Push the lever up to increase vol ume e Push the lever down to decrease volume MODE 3 Press the button to select Radio or CD compact disc MUTE 4 e Press the MUTE button to cancel the sound e Press the MUTE button again to activate the sound SEEK PRESET 2 The SEEK PRESET button has dif ferent functions base on the system mode For the following functions the button should be pressed for 0 8 sec ond or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CDP USB iPod mode It will function as the FF REW button iPod is a registered trademark of Apple Inc If the SEEK button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as fol lows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STA TION select buttons CDP USB iPod mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button Detailed information for audio control buttons is described in the following pages in this section Bluetooth Wireless Technology if equipped You can use a compatible phone via using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology Detailed information for the Bluetooth
215. er NOTICE If the vehicle headrest prevents proper installation of a child seat as described in the child seat system manual the headrest of the respec tive seating position shall be read justed or entirely removed E2MS103005 Placing a passenger seat belt into the auto lock mode The auto lock mode will help prevent the normal movement of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system To secure a child restraint system use the following procedure Safety features of your vehicle OEN036101 To install a child restraint system on the outboard or center rear seats do the following 1 Place the child restraint system in the seat and route the lap shoulder belt around or through the restraint following the restraint manufacturer s instructions Be sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the dis tinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emer gency OEN036102 3 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat belt all the way out When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully extended it will shift the retractor to the Auto Lock child restraint mode OEN036103 4 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratchet ing sound Thi
216. er 1 Pry open the transmitter or smart key center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the batteryis positioned correctly 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal Features of your vehicle The transmitter or smart key is designed to give you years of trou ble free use however it can malfunc tion if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery contact an authorized Kia dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter or smart key to mal function Be sure to use the correct battery An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation CAUTION Transmitter damage The transmitter or smart key can malfunction if exposed to moisture static electricity heat or direct sunlight and from being dropped M j 4 OED036001A Immobilizer system if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer sys tem to reduce the risk of unautho rized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is com prised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system when ever you insert your ignition key into the ignition switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies that the
217. er s recom mended speed limit whichever is lower e Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes sharp turns and other road hazards which may cause the vehicle to bounce e Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel braking CAUTION Snow chains e Chains that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle s brake lines suspension body and wheels Stop driving and retighten the chains any time you hear them hitting the vehicle Use high quality ethylene gly col coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cool ing system lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the battery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized Kia dealer or a service station Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you ar
218. er the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the air bag warning light should go out If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 2 i B240B02L Upon deployment tear seams mold ed directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the expansion of the air bags Further opening of the covers then allows full inflation of the air bags Driver s front air bag 3 Passenger s front air bag B240B03L A fully inflated air bag in combina tion with a properly worn seat belt slows the driver s or the passenger s forward motion reducing the risk of head and chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain for ward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls B240B05L Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE Before you replace a fuse or discon nect a battery terminal turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON position Failure to
219. erature gauge eeeeeeerererereree 4 48 Fuel gauge sereerererererrrrererererererrererenereenerereretenterenerenen 4 48 Instrument panel illumination eeee eee eee eete ete 4 47 LCD display warning rrrerreeeeerereeeeee teeters tee teetenee es 4 70 Maintenance vvvrsccrecccesceeeeceetsceeeceee cece cece eceseeeeeeeeeneeeneee 4 57 Odometer vvseeceeeeceeeteeeeceeeeceeeecenae cena eeenseeeaeeeeea sense seen eeeeeee 4 49 Speedometer rv rsrreeseetseeesseeseeeeeeeteeeetseeteteeteetsenaeeeeneenes 4 47 Tachometer eccessccescccesceeesceessceesceneceeeceeeesseeesseeeeeeeeeeen 4 47 Trip COMPpULET e eeeeeeeeeeee tte ete ttt tee tet ttet netstat te etenet es 4 50 User settings vrrrerserreereeeereteteetecteetetnecetneenene tee neenaen anes 4 55 Warning and indicators s 1rscecreeeeeesetret setts tees eneneees 4 59 Instrument panel E E 7 66 Instrument panel illumination eeeeeeereererrrerrertrereren 4 47 Instrument panel OVveryieW ii ssisnisisisssnse sassen ds bessai tSS 2 5 Index Titer earen eee E RE EEE EEE ie 7 96 Interior features eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeeereretereresreresserersesees 4 118 Ashtray lt essessessessessesssesessessnssessnsesesseassssnanassssesesseasneaes 4 118 Aux USB and iPod ssssssssesesesesesseneeeeeeeseneeneneeeseenenes 4 127 Cigarette lighter s sss ssessssessessssessesesesesssssessnenes 4 118 Clothes hanger sssssssssssesesssessessessnessssssesesseasesaes 4 123 Cupp holder sssessses
220. es and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace air cleaner filter A Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter imme diately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details 3 Inspect for excessive tappet noise and or engine vibration and adjust if nec essary 4 The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 67 500 miles or 54 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive
221. es but particularly to the underside of the vehicle Maintenance ee ess To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from getting started by observing the fol lowing Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials Attention to the underside of the vehicle is partic ularly important e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is over e When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame mem bers be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This cre ates a favorable environment for cor rosion This is parti
222. est priority drive are recog nized by car audio Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I F can be unrecognizable Charging through the USB may not be supported in some mobile devices USB HDD or USB types liable to connection failures due to vehicle vibrations are not supported i stick type Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Continued Continued e Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD micro SD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGI TAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB memory may be lost while using this audio Always back up important data on a personal storage device Please avoid using USB ae memory products which fq can be used as key i Dy chains or cellular phone a accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make certain only to use plug type connector products S E E EE EE E AE EE E E E E A EE E E Features of your vehicle USING iPod DEVICE iPhone is a registered trademark of Apple inc Some iPod models may not sup port communication protocol and files may not play properly Supported iPod models iPhone 3GS 4 iPod touch 1st 4th generation iPod nano 1st 6th generation iPod classic The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be dif
223. ete nase eee eee eet AE eae ee eee le eae ease e nee ce aoe eee E eee oS eee seeeee ese eee ew ec cane see ease Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE Starting the engine with an ignition key if equipped 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed while turning the igni tion switch to the start position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key It should be started without depressing the accelerator 4 Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains sta tionary Start driving at moderate engine speeds Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If traffic and road conditions per mit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine A CAUTION Starter Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails t
224. ether anchorage system Child restraint hook holders are located on the floor behind the rear seats 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat Route the child restraint seat teth er strap over the seatback For vehicles with adjustable head Check that the child restraint system rest route the tether strap under jg secure by pushing and pulling it in the headrest and between the different directions Incorrectly fitted headrest posts otherwise route child restraints may swing twist tip the tether strap over the top of the or separate causing death or serious _ seatback injury Safety features of your vehicle 1SAE3090A Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor sys tem Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH com patible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mount ed attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Lower Anchor f Position Indicator Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indicate the position of the lower anchors
225. ettings e oaeee e E EG 4 55 Maintenance system ccc cee esses 4 57 Warnings and indicators ee00 4 70 e Instrument cluster warning and indicators 4 59 Rear Camera Display 0eeeeeeee 4 76 Hazard warning flasher 008 4 77 IGT ina sane CoO U a A cope dOd ROC oO UcOe 4 77 Battery saver function ccc eee eeee 4 77 eiiphtins controls eoero sore avers aera E aE 4 77 High beam operation eeeeeeeeeeee 4 79 e Turn signals and lane change signals 4 80 GUIs eht Iaea E 4 80 Wipers and washers ecrarsis cveiorsiseleteeicre stay sence 4 81 Interior lights seeme eeoa sere eis 4 85 CIM EDIE No sacs ucoudoudGUgdDodOudOOCOUdcOdGOC 4 85 SHROOMMAMPieccre sr eee eee cecil ieee is 4 85 Luggage room lamp ic s erso e1s01 sc sis1e ol eisieloisie eleie 4 86 Vanity mirror lampe eeecceeene cmene sanies ere 4 86 Glove box lamp cee eese eee e oierelonesete 4 86 Defroster sss 5 55 5556s aracareiai se acererere scars wcatecei sie ss 4 87 Manual climate control system 4 88 Automatic climate control system 4 98 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 109 Storage compartments s s ss seses eesse 4 114 Center console storage seses eee oree oine 4 114 e Gloye DOR ccas is smsonoen iesu estena E 4 114 OLED WO CsiocucadocducomaccuouHOUOOodOouadt od 4 115 ebuspa ge net holder een eneee eee a evo
226. ew Instrument panel overview Engine compartment Safety features of your vehicle Seats Seat belts Child restraint system Air bag Features of your vehicle Keys Door locks Trunk Windows Hood Fuel filler lid Sunroof Steering wheel Mirrors Instrument cluster Lighting Wipers amp Washers Climate control system Audio system Etc Driving your vehicle Before driving Engine start stop button Transaxle Brake system Cruise control system Active ECO system Winter driving Vehicle load limit Etc What to do in an emergency Road warning Emergency while driving Emergency starting Engine overheat TPMS Flat tire Towing Etc Maintenance Engine compartment Maintenance service Engine oil Engine coolant Brake fluid Washer fluid Parking brake Air cleaner Wiper blades Battery Tire and wheels Fuses Light bulbs Etc Specifications Consumer information and Reporting safety defects Index f PofsPofatavof nr How to use this manual cccecccees 1 2 Buelirequirements sosoo cre oc ons 0 eaa 1 3 e Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol 1 3 Do not use methanol ecceeeceeeeees 1 4 Fuel Additives tac wccvieiieje cs tics sien EN 1 5 e Operation in foreign countries 66 1 5 Vehicle break in process 0eeeeeeee 1 5 Vehicle data collection and even
227. ewall labeling ssesseeeeseseeeeseesenees 7 56 Tire traction ir sis ieks erit ceases Ene ass Ena a En Enen Ei 7 56 Wheel alignment and tire balance erette 7 53 Wheel replacement eettteeeetteeesetteeesttesesesseessereeesnerteens 7 56 TOWING oesssessessesseeeesesseessenseneseesessesnsessceseesesesesnneneescenens 6 36 Towing capacity eeeeeeeeetteeeerttteeeesseeeeesseeesssseeessesteesnereeens 5 57 Transaxle Automatic transaxle stss sssssssssssessssiresssesisisssssessssessws 5 16 Manual transaxle crcesecesssceeesseceeeceecesseeeeeseeeseneeeesneeeeenee 5 13 Trip Computer s ssssssssessesseesesesessesseeseesensenseneeseeseesens 4 50 a E T E E schtes scacctnstcesvibors eeueveanaaten ok wteeernee A 22 U User settings s ssssssscsscsssssssessssessssssscsseesensenssnsensessesens 4 55 V Vehicle break in process ssesesseteeeeeeseseteteeteee 1 5 Vehicle capacity weight 5 56 Vehicle certification label sseeseceeeereceeeeeeseeeseeseees 8 9 Vehicle curb weight sssssssssseseesseeeesssseseesseenesenees 5 61 Vehicle data collection and event data recorders Vehicle identification number VIN etere 8 9 Index I Vehicle load imiteren aiioe soci vcs 5 56 Cargo Capacity oss eesessssssssessssenesssssssessnesnes 5 57 Certification label ssssssssssscsevessssesevsesssnsssesseseeseeoes 5 59 Seating Capacity eerte treere rrt tt entet tet ett 5 57 Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit
228. ferent from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod is disabled due to its own malfunction reset the iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual An iPod may not operate normally on low battery Continued Continued e Some iPod devices such as the iPhone can be connected through the Bluetooth Wireless Technology interface The device must have audio Bluetooth Wireless Technology capability such as for stereo headphone Bluetooth Wireless Technology The device can play but it will not be controlled by the audio system To use iPod features within the audio mode use the cable provid ed upon purchasing an iPod device Skipping or improper operation may occur depending on the char acteristics of your iPod iPhone device If your iPhone is connected to both the Bluetooth Wireless Technology and USB only iPod mode will be supported during Bluetooth Audio Streaming To use Bluetooth Audio Streaming dis connect iPod cable with iPhone Continued Continued e When connecting iPod with the iPod Power Cable insert the con nector to the multimedia socket completely If not inserted complete ly communications between iPod and audio may be interrupted When adjusting the sound effects of the iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the quality of the sound Deactivate turn off the equali
229. following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Before driving 2 666 ccs esse esses asses osaes 5 3 Key positions eoe eaae EE cincers 5 5 Engine START STOP button 5 7 e Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button 5 7 e ENGINE START STOP button position 5 7 Starine the ensine eee aeee e e S 5 10 Manual transaxle 66 6 5 606s secs sos erases 5 13 e Manual transaxle operation 0005 5 13 Automatic transaxle cece eee eens 5 16 e Automatic transaxle operation 505 5 16 Brake systern ae oeae aa E A AA 5 22 SEOWer DrAKES o oae ae e sie E E EE e 5 22 v FParking prake moe aaae E T AE 5 24 e Anti Lock Brake System ABS 5 26 e Electronic stability control ESC 5 27 e Hill start assist control HAC 5 31 e Vehicle stability management VSM 5 31 Cruise control system eceso cossec oseca ose aes 5 35 ISG idle stop and go system 5 40 Active Eco System ssec cscs c cece cece ceca 5 45 Economical operation ee eee ees 5 46 Special driving conditions 5 48 e Hazardous driving conditions 5 48 Rocking the vehicle ais lt s 6 21 21 ste sie ei sue ssecerore 5 48 SIMOOUMICOLME TUN ieee
230. frain from use if the screen is affect safe operation of the vehicle increase the likelihood of blank or no sound can be heard accidents Use the phone fea as these signs may indicate product malfunction ture after parking the vehicle Features of your vehicle e Adjust the volume to levels that allow the driver to hear sounds from outside of the vehicle Driving in a state where external sounds cannot be heard may lead to acci dents Pay attention to the volume setting when turning the device on A sud den output of extreme volume upon turning the device on could lead to hearing impairment Adjust the volume to a suitable levels before turning off the device e Turn on the car ignition before using the audio system Do not operate the audio system for long periods of time with the ignition turned off such operations may lead to battery discharge In case of product malfunction please contact your place of pur chase or After Service center Placing the audio system within an electromagnetic environment may result in noise interference CAUTION e Do not subject the device to severe shock or impact Direct pressure onto the front side of the monitor may cause damage to the LCD or touch screen When cleaning the device make sure to turn off the audio system and use a dry and smooth cloth Never use tough materials chemical cloths or solvents alcohol benzene thinners etc as such materials
231. fuse panel NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ depending on equip ment options USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE ONLY 91952 1W430 OUBO075114N osc aese ses eee ene eee asec ease teense ece eee eet a cen Ste see ee ease eee eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee E oS eee e asec eee nse emma ee cee ee ao eee Maintenance On Instrument panel fuse panel Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected POWER OUTLET 15A Power Outlet C LIGHTER 20A Cigarette Lighter Front Map Lamp Power Outside Mirror Switch BCM ACC 10A Low DC DC Convertor Smart Key Control Module Audio A V amp Navigation Head Unit Digital Clock A BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster SBR PAB Indicator SRS Control Module ABRG 10A Passenger Weight Classification Sensor MODULE 2 10A BCM MDPS 10A EPS Control Module WIPER RR 15A Multifunction Switch Rear Wiper Relay Rear Wiper Motor HTD STRG 15A Steering Wheel Heater FOG LAMP RR 10A FOG LAMP FRT 15A Front Fog Lamp Relay MODULE 1 10A ATM Shift Lever Switch Door Warning Switch Data Link Connector Smart Key Control Module Stop Lamp Switch Stop Lamp Relay PCB Fuse amp Relay Box HAC Relay Audio BCM ATM Shift Lever ILL Crash Pad Switch Instrument Cluster Tire Pressure Monitoring Module STOP LAMP 15A CLUSTER 10A Multipurpose Check Connector Driver CCS Seat Warmer Module IG1 1 10A Passenger Seat Warmer Module With ISG Crash Pad Switch Low DC DC Convertor
232. g and anticipate increased stop ping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pres sure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pil lar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the out side temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire infla tion pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tire inflation pres sure TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi mately one minute when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monit
233. g nuts At least once a year e Clean the body and door drain holes Lubricate the door hinges and checks and hood hinges Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches Lubricate the door rubber weather strips Check the air conditioning system Check the power steering fluid level Inspect and lubricate automatic transaxle linkage and controls Clean the battery and terminals e Check the brake clutch fluid level Maintenance iii SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply If any of the follow ing conditions apply follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions or sandy areas Extensive use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extreme ly humid climates More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 90 F 32 C If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more fre quently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule After 120 months or 150 000 miles continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals Maintenance
234. g tire pressure and tread wear Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 82 500 miles or 66 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance A as NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 90 000 miles or 72 months Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter
235. he position 2 Set the air intake control to the out side fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 lf dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the lt S amp 7 position Operation Tips e To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the ventilation system temporarily set the air intake con trol to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driv er alert and comfortable Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions To prevent interior fog on the wind shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air conditioning system and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature Features of your vehicle Air conditioning if equipped Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant 1 Start the engine Push the air con ditioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the recirculated air
236. he shift lever in the P Park position a chattering noise near the shift lever oy be heard This is a normal con ition Shift lock override with smart key system If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral posi tion into the R Reverse position with the brake pedal depressed con tinue depressing the brake then do the following OUB053015 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock access hole 1 2 Insert a screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the screwdriver 3 Move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer immediately Driving your vehicle Ignition key interlock system if equipped The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Good driving practices e Never move the shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other position with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transaxle in P Park to keep the vehicle from moving Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal Driving up a steep grade from a standing start To drive up a steep grade from a standing start depress the brak
237. he button will only oper ate when the smart key is within 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the outside door handle Trunk unlocking 4 door The trunk will open when the trunk unlock button is pressed The trunk will automatically lock after it has been opened If the trunk is closed with the smart key in the trunk the warning chime will sound for about 5 seconds and the trunk will not lock Tailgate unlocking 5 door if equipped If you are within 0 7 m 28 in from the outside tailgate handle with your smart key in possession the tailgate will unlock and open when you press the tailgate handle switch The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock automatically Start up You can start the engine without inserting the key For detailed infor mation refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 Features of your vehicle Smart key precautions If you lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Towing the vehicle to an authorized dealer may be necessary A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle If a smart key is lost take the vehicle and remaining key to your author ized Kia dealer for reprogramming This will not allow the lost key from starting the vehicle and will protect from potential theft The smart key will not work if
238. he clutch pedal The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R Reverse The button 1 located below the shift knob must be pulled upward while moving the shift lever to the R Reverse position Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R Reverse Never operate the engine with the tachometer rpm in the red zone The button 1 should be pressed when moving the shift lever into reverse OUB051013 fio scce neces seat ene eee eee ease teen setae eee teeta ene Ste see eee eee sete eae eas eee neat aoe cee eee ae eases eee eee oS eee nee eee ace eee eee cee ee eae e Driving your vehicle e During cold weather shifting may be difficult until the transaxle lubri CAUTION cant is warmed up This is normal e To avoid premature clutch and not harmful to the transaxle wear and damage do not e f you ve come to a complete stop drive with your foot resting on and it s hard to shift into 1st or R the clutch pedal Also do not Reverse leave the shift lever at use the clutch to hold the neutral position and release the vehicle stopped on an uphill clutch Depress the clutch pedal grade while waiting for a traf back down and then shift into 1st fic light etc Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving as this can result in premature wear of the transaxle shift forks If you don t press the clutch pedal fully the clutch may be damaged or noise m
239. he engine 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle per formance Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate gov ernmental safety and emissions reg ulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modifi cation may not be covered under warranty e If you use unauthorized electronic devices it may cause the vehicle to operate abnormally wire damage battery discharge and fire For your safety do not use unauthorized electronic devices Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehi cle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Maintenance Do not operate the engine in con fined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into th
240. he engine If the ABS warning light is off then your ABS is normal Otherwise you may have a problem with the ABS Contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the engine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS has mal functioned Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle Electronic stability control ESC The Electronic Stability control ESC system is designed to stabi lize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes with the engine manage ment system to stabilize the vehicle No system no matter how advanced can compensate for all driver error and or driving conditions Always drive responsibly Driving your vehicle Electronic stability control ESC will not prevent accidents Excessive speed in turns abrupt maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet surfaces can still result in serious accidents Only a safe and attentive driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction Even with ESC installed always follow all the normal precautions for driving including driving at safe speeds for the condi tions
241. he vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or dam age Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if necessary repack the grease Air conditioning refrigerant if equipped Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and dam age Maintenance ENGINE OIL ay 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check the level The level should be between F and L eA i OAM072003 Checking the engine oil level If it is near or at L add enough oil to bring the level to F Do not overfill 1 a the vehicle is on level A CAUTION Replace 2 Start the engine and allow it to engine oil Use a funnel to help prevent oil reach normal operating tempera Do not overfill with engine oil from being spilled on engine com ture Engine damage may result ponents 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for Use only the specified engine oil the oil to return to the oil pan Refer to Recommended lubricants 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and capacities in section 8 and reinsert it fully Jo SccS neces sa ee ene ceases ease teense eee eee eet AE eae ee eee le eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee E oS Meee asec eee ace ee
242. hemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects and reproductive harm Batteries also contain other chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer Wash hands after handling A WARNING Risk of elec trocution Never touch the electrical igni tion system while the vehicle is running This system works with high voltage which can zap you Maintenance iii Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calcium based battery e If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for exam ple the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for 10 hours If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at no more than 20 30A for two hours When recharging the battery observe the following precautions e The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Watch the battery during charging and stop or reduce the charging rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 120 F 49 C Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging Disconnect the battery charger in the following order 1 Turn off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative b
243. his measurement is approximately 1 in 30 mm Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can be slid over the other studs Jie sce E E eee ease teense e cence teeta AE eee ase e eae Sea E ese ce aoe cee E soo eee eeseeceee cae eee EE What to do in an emergency Wheels and wheel covers may have sharp edges Handle them carefully to avoid possible injury Before put ting the wheel into place be sure that there is nothing on the hub or wheel Such as mud tar gravel etc that prevents the wheel from fitting solidly against the hub 10 To install the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fingers again 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise OUB061007 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be su
244. ht 4 door 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the trunk 3 Loosen the retaining screw of the trunk lid cover and then remove the cover 4 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 7 Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 8 Reinstall the trunk lid cover by pushing in the screw Maintenance 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 8 Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole i p OUB071039 F OUB071058 5 door 4 Remove the socket from the 1 Turn off the engine assembly by turning the socket 2 Open the tailgate counterclockwise until the tabs on i the socket align with the slots on 3 Remove the service cover the assembly 5 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place Maintenance High mounted st
245. ht will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately 2 The light will stop within 6 seconds and chime will stop immediately Safety features of your vehicle Conditions Warning Pattern Seat Belt pales Light Blink Unbuckled 6 seconds Unbuckled ADVE SmpN Continuously 10 km h Buckled 6 seconds Above 6mph m Buckled gt 10 km h Continuously Unbuckled Below 6mph 10 km h Nong The seat belt warning light will go off if the vehicle speed decreases below 3 mph 5 km h If the vehi cle speed increases above 3 mph 5 km h the warning light will blink again e You can find the front passenger s seat belt warning light on the cen ter fascia panel Although the front passenger seat is not occupied the seat belt warn ing light will blink for 6 seconds The seat belt warning light can blink when a briefcase or purse is placed on the front passenger seat Riding in an improper position adversely affects the front passen ger s seat belt warning system It is important for the driver to instruct the passenger as to the proper seating instructions as contained in this manual Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle Safety features of yo
246. i Le Uo E erroe 4 41 15 Idle Stop and Go system OFF button ie quipped n a enero 5 40 IG SEUSEIDOXts ea eee nein eee eens eae 7 56 7 Brakeipedal T sere e tree 5 22 18 Accelerator pedal OUB021001K Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW Instrument cluster 1 ITTV S TOM GlIP SE coceeoreeneconenneeccecn Light control Turn signals ee BVI DCTS IC eee ene Ignition switch or ENGINE START SIKOR oiio pee eee Oa wn 9 Climate control system TOs SU aS lever e a enacts 11 Steering wheel audio control 4 126 12 Passenger s front air bag 3 42 1S Glove DOXi sere eee 14 Parking brake lever ty 15 Poweroutlet rma eee 16 Cigarette lighter a 17 Seat warmer OUB025002N Your vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT Engine Coolant Reservoir PEngine lllGillen ators sees Brake Clutch Fluid Reservoir 7 30 Air Cleaner o ee eee eres 7 32 UEUSGIBOXi ae eee eee one 7 56 Negative Battery Terminal 6 5 7 39 Positive Battery Terminal 6 5 7 39 Radiator Caprese eesee seen 7 28 Enee ONS E ooz 7 26 0 Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir 7 31 3k The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OUB071103N SHRONUISCAL oe e ons a E encore nets 3 4 IREA SCAU ee e rnoleiiere crete er SE 3 9 Seat Wels oao eee o E s steerer crores oc 3 13 Seat belt restraint syste
247. iance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance it will not be cov ered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED m Type A OYDDCO2004 Remote keyless entry system operations Lock 1 All the doors will locked if the lock button is pressed If all the doors and trunk or tailgate are closed the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all the doors and trunk or tailgate have locked Also if the lock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds the hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to confirm that the door is locked However if any door remains open the hazard warning lights and or the chime will not operate But if all doors are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once Unlock 2 The driver s door will unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice to indicate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors will unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds twice again to indicate that all doors are unlocked After pressi
248. ift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and snow accu mulate underneath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering com ponents is not obstructed Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weather you should carry appropri ate emergency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand a shovel jumper cables a win dow scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls a blanket etc TRAILER TOWING We do not recommend using this vehicle for trailer towing Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT REAR J NOMBRE DE PLACES AVANT jarr re The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never i exceed ag igor Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer kg ou COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS AFROID ts 9 849 b TIRE SIZE PNEU DIMENSIONS FRONT AVANT P185 65R15 230kPa 33psi REAR ARR
249. igh idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission con trol system All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized Kia dealer Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire dam aging the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalyt ic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties Maintenance ee a CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE Perchlorate Material special han dling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste p erchlorate Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers Perchlorate containing materials such as air bag inflators seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384 10 a fio Scce neces sa ee eee cease ease teense eee eee eee ete AE ee ee selene ease e ene ce aoe cee E oS Meee e asec eee cae ee ene eeeeseeene Engine oee ee a ovate E AE heron ater store 8 2 Dimensions ss ase ear oy oe EEES 8 2 IB UM swat eso seoaren a eE S 8 3 Tires and wheels e eent ee eea E S 8 5 Weight and volume o oo no eee eee aeee ans 8 6 Air conditioning system 0 ee00 8 6 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 7 e Recommended SAE viscosity number 8 8 Vehicle id
250. ill detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 11 8 in 30 cm to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approximately 1 in 2 5 cm Features of your vehicle And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window rever sal will not operate The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway position on the power window switch 7 0UB041020 Power window lock button if equipped The driver can disable the power window switches on the front and rear passengers doors by pressing the power window lock switch to the lock position When the power window lock switch is pressed the driver s master con trol cannot operate the front and rear passengers power windows CAUTION Opening closing Window To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse Always double check to make sure all arms hands head and
251. improper snow chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturers warranty Install tire chains only on the front tires A CAUTION Snow chains Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tires Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty The snow chain connecting hooks may be damaged from contacting vehicle components causing the snow chains to come loose from the tire Make sure the snow chains are SAE class S certified Always check chain installation for proper mounting after driving approximately 0 3 to 0 6 miles 0 5 to 1 km to ensure safe mounting Retighten or remount the chains if they are loose Chain installation When installing chains follow the manufacturer s instructions and mount them as tightly as you can Drive slowly with chains installed If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads When mounting snow chains park the vehicle on level ground away from traffic Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning flashers and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle if available Driving your vehicle e The use of chains may adversely affect vehicle handling e Do not exceed 20 mph 30 km h or the chain manufactur
252. in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or under condi tions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature CAUTION Seat damage When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the sur face of the heater or seats To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place any thing on the seats that insu lates against heat such as blankets cushions or seat covers while the seat warmer is in operation Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur A WARNING Seat warmer burns The seat warmer may cause burns even at low tempera tures if used over a long period of time Never allow passen gers who may not be able to take care of themselves to be exposed to the risk of seat heater burns These include 1 Infants children elderly or disabled persons or hospital outpatients 2 Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily 3 Fatigued individuals 4 Intoxicated individuals 5 Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills
253. in to continue listening to the current song file 9 EA Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Display Sound Clock Phone System setting modes Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Move to the Time setting screen 10 Displays menus for the current mode 3K iPod List Move to parent category 11 Radio Mode SIRIUS RADIO Category Search MP3 CD USB mode Folder Search 12 TUNE knob Radio mode Changes frequency by turning the knob left right CD USB iPod My Music mode Searches songs files by turning the knob left right When the desired song is dis played press the knob to play the song Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus Features of your vehicle 13 GB Preset Radio Mode Saves frequencies channels or receives saved fre quencies channels CD USB iPod My Music mode Repeat Random In the Radio Media Setup and Menu pop up screen the number menu is selected E Type A 2 14 Changes to SIRIUS Satellite Radio mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 15 Changes to CD USB iPod AUX mode Each time the key is pressed the mode is changed in order of CD USB iPod AUX In Setup gt Display the media pop up screen will be displayed when Mode Pop up is turned When the pop up screen is dis played use the TUNE
254. information refer to the Setting Bluetoothe Wireless Technology Connection section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology Features of your vehicle 1 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect disconnects currently selected phone 2 Priority Sets currently selected phone to highest connection prior ity 3 Delete Deletes the currently selected phone 4 Return Moves to the previous screen e To learn more about whether your mobile phone supports contacts downloads refer to your mobile phone user s manual e The contacts for only the connect ed phone can be downloaded Downloading Contacts Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Contacts Download As the contacts are downloaded from the mobile phone a download progress bar is displayed e Upon downloading phone con tacts the previous corresponding data is deleted e This feature may not be supported in some mobile phones e Voice Recognition may not operate while contacts are being down loaded Outgoing Volume Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Outgoing Volume Use TUNE knob to adjust the out going volume level e While on a call the volume can be changed by using the key Jose neces see e ene ce ee ee ease teen esas eet eet cee Ste see ee eee eee see eae ease e enema ce aoe cee E oo eee nseeeeee ncaa E ase Features of your vehicle Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Bluet
255. ing on surfaces which have different fric tion forces Driving your vehicle e The Vehicle Stability Management system is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a supplemen tary function only It is the respon sibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead Always hold the steering wheel firmly while driving Your vehicle is designed to activate according to the driver s intention even with installed VSM Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the conditions including driving inclement weather and on a slip pery road Good braking practices e Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and that the park ing brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized Kia dealer for assis tance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extreme ly hazardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow
256. ing to drive before you begin driving Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tire inflation pres sures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire failure Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not for get to check both the engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may overheat the engine Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING sy 08BH058040 Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other problems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these suggestions Snowy or Icy conditions To drive your vehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires If snow tires are needed it is neces sary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and handling of your car Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake applica tions and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause skids You need to
257. ing your vehicle ESC OFF usage When driving e It s a good idea to keep the ESC turned on for daily driving whenev er possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating ESC indica tor light blinks If ESC is turned off while ESC is operating the vehicle may slip out of control Driving your vehicle Hill start assist control HAC Hill start Assist Control is a comfort function The intent is to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards from a stop on initial take off while on an inclined HAC holds the braking pres sure builtup by driver during stopping procedure for 2 seconds after releas ing brake pedal During the pressure hold period the driver has enough time to press the accelerator pedal to drive off The braking pressure is reduced as soon as the system detects the dri ver s intention to drive off e The HAC does not operate when the transaxle shift lever is in the P Park or N Neutral position e The HAC activates even though the ESC is off but it does not acti vate when the ESC has malfunc tioned Vehicle stability management VSM This system provides further enhancements to vehicle stability and steering responses when a vehi cle is driving on a slippery road or a vehicle detected changes in coeffi cient of friction between right wheels and left wheels when
258. int system the seat belt operation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint sys tem in this section To convert from the automatic lock ing feature to the emergency locking operation mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract Safety features of your vehicle OUB031020N When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used B210A01NF 1 To release the seat belt The seat belt is released by pressing the release button 1 of the locking buckle When it is released the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again OMG035300 Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occu pant s body in certain frontal colli sions or side collisions The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the frontal collision is severe enough Safety features of your vehicle When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will acti vate and pull the seat belt into tighter con
259. into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 8 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Position light if equipped If the light bulb does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance Maintenance Front fog light bulbs if equipped 1 Remove the under cover by rotat ing the screws 2 Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper 3 Disconnect the power connector from the socket 4 Remove the bulb socket from the housing by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing 5 Install the new bulb socket into the housing by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the hous ing Push the socket into the hous ing and turn the socket clockwise 6 Connect the power connector to the socket OUB071034 Side repeater light bulb replacement if equipped Type A If the light bulb does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer A skilled technician should check or repair the side repeater lamp for it may dam age related out side mirror parts of the vehicle OUB071057 Type B 1 Remove the light assembly from the vehicle by prying the lens and pulling the assembly out 2 Disconnect the bulb electrical con nector 3 Separate the socke
260. ion associated with the wear of the brake linings and or clutch disc if equipped If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake clutch system checked by an authorized Kia dealer Use only the specified brake clutch fluid Refer to Recommended lubri cants and capacities in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid In the event the brake clutch system requires frequent additions of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer When changing and adding brake clutch fluid handle it carefully Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake clutch fluid should come in contact with your eyes immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water Have your eyes examined by a doc tor as soon as possible A CAUTION Brake clutch fluid Do not allow brake clutch fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake clutch fluid which has been exposed to open air for an extended time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed It should be disposed of properly fio scceaeses sR ee ene ce ee ee ease teense eee e eet AE tease eee selene ease ee nea ce aoe cee eee ae eases E eS Seen see e eee aca emma ee eee eee Maintenance AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID It is recommended that the automat ic transaxle fluid should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer In severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an autho
261. ipment is installed in your vehicle consult an Authorized Kia Dealer in order to ensure that you do not void your war ranty Certain electrical equipment or the way in which it is installed may adversely affect the operation of your vehi cle including such systems as the engine control system the audio system and the electrical charging system and thus potentially void all or part of your warranty We assume no responsibility for any expense you may incur or for any malfunction of your vehicle or any of its components or systems that may result from the installa tion of additional electrical equipment that is not supplied or recommended for installation by Kia Installation of a mobile two way radio system If a mobile two way radio system is installed improperly or if an excessively powerful type of system is used other electronic systems may be adversely affected To avoid damage to your vehicle consult an Authorized Kia Dealer concerning the proper equipment and installation Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects Kia motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards For your safety however we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner s Manual particu larly the information under the headings NOTICE CAUTION and WARNING If after reading this manual you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle s
262. is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cool ing fan is operating If the fan is not running turn the engine off 4 Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leak ing from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air condi tioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is bro ken or engine coolant leaks stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized Kia dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine temperature has returned to nor mal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reser voir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark 7 Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheat ing If overheating happens again call an authorized Kia dealer for assistance Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer What to do in an emergenc TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS WK 14 1 Low tire pressure telltale TPMS malfunction indicator Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked mo
263. is pressed once more it will turn to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the engine start stop button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Also the warning chime sounds for about 10 seconds if equipped Press start button again Press start button again If you can not operate the engine start stop button when there is a problem with the engine start stop button system the warning illumi nates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could start the engine by press ing the engine start stop button once more The chime will stop if the engine start stop button system works nor mally or the theft alarm system is armed If the warning illuminates each time you press the engine start stop but ton take your vehicle to an author ized Kia dealer and have the system checked OUB041080 Shift to P or N to start the engine for automatic transaxle PN Shift to P or N to start engine OUB041081 If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position the warning illu minates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral posi tion but for your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Features of your vehicle Pres
264. is seated in the front passenger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the ignition switch to the LOCK posi tion and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is still on ask the passen ger to move to the rear seat NOTICE The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occu pant detection sensor will then clas sify the front passenger after several more seconds Safety features of your vehicle Any child age 12 and under should ride in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the available lap shoulder belts No matter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat NOTICE Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat Don t place anything on or attach anything such as a blan ket front seat covers or after market seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system
265. is venting fuel or if you hear a hissing sound wait until the condition stops before com pletely removing the cap If pressurized fuel sprays out it can cover your clothes or skin and subject you to the risk of fire and burns NOTICE Tighten the cap until it clicks one time otherwise the fuel cap open warning indicator m light will illu minate Jo scceaeses se ee ene ceases e teen aseece eee sete AE eae ee eee le eae ease ee nee ce ae cee eee ao ae sees cee eee oS eee a asec eee ncaa ee soe ee eee Features of your vehicle Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel 44 WARNING Static A WARNING spillage in the event of an accident electricity Portable fuel container e Before touching the fuel noz When using an approved A WARNING Fire explo zle you should eliminate portable fuel container be sure sion risk potentially dangerous static to place the container on the electricity discharge by touch ground prior to refueling Static Read and follow all warnings ing another metal part of the electricity discharge from the posted at the gas station facili vehicle a safe distance away container can ignite fuel vapors ty Failure to follow all warnings from the fuel filler neck noz causing a fire Once refueling Sines ates enn zle or other gas source has begun contact with the i i vehicle should be maintained due to fire or explosion aa pcan bacin vee until th
266. iven the auto matic transaxle fluid will begin to look darker This is a normal condition and you should not judge the need to replace the fluid based upon the changed color CAUTION Specified fluid The use of a non specified fluid could result in transaxle mal function and failure Use only specified automatic transaxle fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capacities in section 8 Maintenance I Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorat ed or damaged parts immediately Brake Clutch if equipped fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake lever and cables Rear brake drums and linings if equipped Check the rear brake drums and lin ings for scoring burning leaking fluid broken parts and excessive wear Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With t
267. jects in the dri ver s foot area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals A WARNING Uprighting seat Do not press the release lever on a manual seatback without holding and controlling the seatback The seatback will spring upright possibly impact ing you or other passengers A WARNING Seat cushion Occnpants should never sit on aftermarket seat cushions or sit ting cushions The passenger s hips may slide under the lap por tion of the seat belt during an accident or a sudden stop A WARNING Driver responsibility for passen gers MN3661 The driver must advise the pas senger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupant s hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen A WARNING Driver s seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is mov ing This could result in loss of control of your vehicle Do not allow anything to inter fere with the normal position of the seatback and seatback adjustment Sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while still maintaining comfortable control of your vehicle A dis tance of at least 10 from your chest to the steering wheel is recommended Failure to do so can result in airbag infla tion injuries to the driver Safety features of yo
268. justed for ward to 4 different positions by pulling the headrest forward to the desired detent To adjust the head rest to its furthest backwards posi tion pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck Es Ai a 4 E OUB031005 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the headrest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Safety features of your vehicle OYFH034205 NOTICE If you recline the seatback towards the front with the headrest and seat cushion raised the headrest may come in contact with the sunvisor or other parts of the vehicle OUB034100 Removal and installation To remove the headrest 1 Recline the seatback 2 with the recline lever 1 2 Raise headrest as far as it can go 3 Press the headrest release button 3 while pulling the headrest up 4 OUB034101 To reinstall the headrest 1 Put the headrest poles 2 into the holes while pressing the release button 1 2 Recline the seatback 4 with the recline lever 3 3 Adjust the headrest to the appro priate height Safety features of your vehicle OUB031008 Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmers are provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch
269. knob or keys E to select the desired mode 16 Radio Mode Automatically search es for broadcast frequencies CD USB iPod modes Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Moves to next or previ ous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds or fast for wards the current song The Play Pause feature may oper ate differently depending on the mobile phone fio Sec aeses sae e ene ce asec ease teense a E a cen Ste see ee a n eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee Se ae eases eee eee oS eee nseeeee ease ema ee O Features of your vehicle CD USB mode Shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each Press the key again to continue listening to the current song file 18 TUNE knob Radio mode Changes frequency by turning the knob left right CD USB iPod mode Searches 17 songs files by turning the knob Radio Mode left right Shortly press the key Previews When the desired song is dis each broadcast for 5 seconds played press the knob to play the each song Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds Previews the broad casts saved in Preset o for 5 seconds each Press the key again to continue lis tening to the current frequency KSAT Radio does not support the Preset scan feature Features of your vehicle SETUP Mode Pop up Mode Pop up gt Changes
270. l and press the button Press the button when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OUB051014 Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the Transaxle ranges brake pedal when shifting from N CAUTION Transaxle The indicator light in the instrument Neutral to a forward or reverse To avoid damage to your cluster displays the shift lever posi gear transaxle do not accelerate the _ tion when the ignition switch is in the engine in R Reverse or any for ON position ward gear position with the brakes on The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P P Park Park while the vehicle is in Always come to a complete stop motion before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and pre vents the front wheels from rotating When stopped on an upgrade do not hold the vehicle with engine power seus N Use the service brake or the parking E eee i a E a brake wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle Driving your vehicle R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward CAUTION Shifting Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transaxle if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in motion except when Rocking the Vehicle explained in this section N Neutral The wheels and transaxle are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incli
271. l filler cap is tight Fuel cap open warning indicator ECOMINDER indicator if equipped ECO The ECOMINDER indicator is dis played to help you improve fuel effi ciency when you are driving e The ECOMINDER indicator will turn the ECO light green on the instrument panel when you are driving efficiently in the ECO ON mode If you don t want the indicator dis played you can turn the ECO ON mode to OFF mode by pressing the TRIP button When the instant fuel consumption mode if equipped is displayed on the LCD display or the system is not working properly the indicator turns off If the indicator turns off when the instant fuel consumption mode or ECO OFF mode is not selected have the system checked by an authorized Kia deal er as soon as possible e Fuel efficiency depends on the dri ver s driving habit and road condi tion The system stops operating when the transaxle is in the P Park R Reverse N Neutral position or sports mode or when the instant fuel consumption mode is select ed eatures of your vehicle Auto stop indicator if equipped A This indicator will illuminate when the engine enters the Idle Stop mode of the ISG Idle Stop and Go system When the automatic starting occurs the auto stop indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds For more details refer to the ISG Idle Stop and Go system in chapter 5 NOTICE When the engine automaticall
272. l fuel used and the distance since the last average consumption reset The total fuel used is calculated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more than 0 03 mile 50 m Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the average fuel consumption is displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero If the vehicle speed exceeds 0 6 MPH 1 km h after refueled more than 6 the average fuel consump tion will be cleared to zero Features of your vehicle m Type A E Type B INST Fuel Economy ars OUB042054N Instant fuel consumption This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption during the last few sec onds NOTICE You must drive more than 6 MPH 10 km h type A or 3 MPH 5 km h type B for this mode to cal culate the instant fuel consumption m Type A m Type B AVG 30 iw Average j Spaod w MPH W OUB041055N Average speed This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps going while the engine is running Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the average speed is displayed clears the aver age speed to zero m Type A m Type B Elapsed time This mode indicates the total time traveled since the last elapsed time reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the elapsed time keeps going while the engine i
273. l tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Continued Continued O Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil and filter O Add fuel additive QO Replace spark plugs iridium coated Every 100 000 miles or 120 months Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 112 500 miles or 90 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Mainte
274. lates A OLM032311L The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration Curtain air bag Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors Safety features of your vehicle They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occu pants in certain side impact colli sions The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and impact The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and pas sengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or cur tain air bags NOTICE Never try to open or repair any com ponents of the side curtain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized Kia dealer Safety features of your vehicle Why didn t my air bag go off ina collision Inflation and non infla tion conditions of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection These include rear impacts sec ond or third collisions in multiple
275. lation pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant fio sccSaeses sae e ene cee eee e ose teen eseeee eee eel e AE ease eee sete eae ease ee Neate ae cee E oS Meee seee eee aca eee en ecm eee What to do in an emergency CAUTION Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 230 kpa 33 PSI This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the sealant bottle connector and from the tire valve Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor age location in the vehicle Distributing the sealant Immediately drive approximately 4 6miles 7 10km or about 10min to evenly distribute the sealant in the tire Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h If possible do not fall below a speed of 12 mph 20 km h While driving if you experience any unusual vibration ride disturbance or noise reduce your speed and drive with caution until you can safely pull off of the side of the road Call for road side service or towing When you use the Tire Mobility Kit the tire pressure sensors and wheel may be stained by sensors Therefore remove the tire pressure sensors and wheel stained by sealant and have it serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Checking the tire inflation pressure 1 After driving approximately 4 6 miles 7 10 km or about 10min stop at a safe location 2 Connect the filling hose 2 of
276. lb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place Maintenance OUB071037 e 5 door 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the tailgate 3 Loosen the light assembly retain ing screws with a cross tip screw driver 4 Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the vehicle 8 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 9 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle OUB071038 5 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 6 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket 7 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place obec aeseesse erase seer ates te e6 ease see ee eee ee Soke E snes See Se oe cee cere cee cese sea e ene se sc oa te eo eee Maintenance 5 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket Pull the bulb out of the socket OUBO071071K Inside light Back up light tail lig
277. le OAM049041 Parking light position 2 When the light switch is in the park ing light position 1st position the tail position license and instrument panel lights will turn ON OAM049042 Headlight position 20 When the light switch is in the head light position 2nd position the head tail position license and instrument panel lights will turn ON The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights OFS040084 Auto light position if equipped When the light switch is in the AUTO light position the taillights and head lights will turn ON or OFF automati cally depending on the amount of light outside the vehicle Never place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a win dow cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield the Auto light sys tem may not work properly Features of your vehicle OAM049044 High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OAM04904
278. le one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 142 500 miles or 114 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a Se NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 150 000 miles or 120 months Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped Inspect cooling system U Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months U Inspect drive shaft and boots O Inspect fuel filter U Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter O Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped Every 37 500 miles 60 000 km or 48 months Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 3 4 Brake pedal and o
279. le in an emergency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC position 2 Place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral 3 Release the parking brake A CAUTION Towing gear position Always place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral when towing your vehicle Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause internal damage to the transaxle OUB0650 1 Removable towing hook front if equipped 1 Remove the towing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front bumper 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use What to do in an emergenc OUB065013L Emergency towing If towing is necessary we recom mend you have it done by an authorized Kia dealer or a com mercial tow truck service If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency tow ing hook under the front or rear of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must all be in good condition e Do not use the
280. le using automatic operation the functions not selected will be con trolled automatically 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired posi tion To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating a Cooling 58 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the out side fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system Features of your vehicle OUB045123 Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows pdr A tA eni Refer to the illustration in the Manual climate control system Floor amp Defrost A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each out let can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D C E Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side window d
281. ll side windows OQUB045133 Clear all snow and ice from the Manual climate control system hood and air inlet in the cowl grillto To defog inside windshield improve heater and defroster effi 1 Select f d t 0 ciency and to reduce the probabili poten arn Speed excep ty of fogging up the inside of the windshield 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the lt amp or position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the outside fresh air position is not selected automatically press the corresponding button manually Jo sccSaeses se ee ene cease ease teen aseeee eee eee te cena Ste see ee ease eee eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee E oS Meee asee eee ence eee e some E Features of your vehicle 0UB045134 To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the 7 position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically 0UB045135 Automatic climate control sys tem To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired position 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatically adjust the correspo
282. ll words completely no abbre viations Doctor Goodman vs Dr Goodman Features of your vehicle Illustration on using voice commands _AMore Help a Here are some examples of mode commands e Starting voice command You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds You can also say a media source like USB My Music or iPod f Please say a command after Additionally there are phone commands like the beep BEEP A Beep Contacts Call History or Dial Number M Hel You can find more detailed commands in the user s ore Tep manual Please say a command after the beep P More Help f Here are some examples of mode commands You can say a radio type like FM AM or Satellite e End voice command You can also say a media source like USB My Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Music or iPod Additionally there are phone commands like Please say a command after Contacts Call History or Dial Number the beep BEEP x You can find more detailed commands in the user s manual Please say a command after the beep Contacts Please say the name of the contact you want to call e Skipping Voice Recognition Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds while guidance message is being stated 2 Shortly pressing the ne _A Beep Beep end b
283. losed while the vehicle is in operation Center console storage if equipped To open the center console storage pull up the lever Features of your vehicle I OUB041143K Cool box if equipped You can keep beverage cans or other items cool in the glove box 1 Turn on the air conditioning 2 Slide the open close lever of the vent installed in the glove box to the open position 3 When the cool box is not used slide the lever to the closed posi tion If some items in the cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the coolbox is reduced NOTICE Do not put perishable food in the cool box because it may not main tain the necessary consistent tem perature to keep the food fresh NOTICE If the temperature control knob is in the warm or hot position warm or hot air will flow into the glove box Luggage net holder if equipped To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the 4 hold ers located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net Features of your vehicle If necessary contact your authorized Kia dealer to obtain a luggage net To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment OUB041148 Luggage tray 5 door if equipped You can place a first aid kit a reflec tor triangle tools etc in the box for easy access 1 Grasp the handle on the top of
284. ly when installed in a headlight If a bulb becomes damaged or cracked replace it immediately and carefully dispose of it Wear eye protection when changing a bulb Allow the bulb to cool down before handling it 1 Turn off the engine and open the hood If you can reach the bulb without removing the headlight assembly continue to step 4 2 Remove the front bumper upper cover 3 Remove the headlight assembly from the body of the vehicle 4 Disconnect the power connector s from the back of the headlight assembly OUB071073 Headlight High Low 4 door 5 Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise 6 Unsnap the headlight bulb retain ing wire by depressing the end and pushing it right ward 7 Pull the bulb out of the socket 8 Insert a new bulb into the socket 9 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the shape on the bulb housing in the assembly Pushing the spring holder in to the slot 10 Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise io SccS neces sence ene cease ease teense eee eee eel AE eee eee te eae ease ee nee ce aoe cee E ee a ao Me eee nsec eee aca ea meee scene eee aoe se Maintenance OUB071030N Headlight High e 5 door 5 Remove the headlight bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise 6 Unsnap the headlight bulb retain ing wire by depressing the end and pushing it down ward 7 Pull the bulb out of the socket 8 Insert a new bulb into the
285. malfunctioned If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminating for approximately 6 sec onds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized Kia dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt or SRS air bag system as soon as possible NOTICE Do not attempt to service or repair the pre tensioner seat belt system in any manner Do not attempt to inspect or replace the pre tensioner seat belts yourself This must be done by an authorized Kia dealer Pre tensioners are designed to oper ate only one time After activation pre tensioner seat belts must be replaced If the pre tensioner must be replaced contact an authorized Kia dealer Seat belt precautions Infant or small child All 50 states have child restraint laws You should be aware of the specific requirements in your state Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint system in this section Safety features of your vehicle Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened and snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if the belt fits period ically A child s squirming could
286. mmand Function Random Randomly plays the tracks within the CD Random Randomly plays the files within the current Random Off Cancels random play to play tracks in sequen folder tial order Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Repeat Repeats the current track order Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play tracks in sequen Repeat Repeats the current file tial order Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Track 1 30 Plays the desired track number order Information Displays the information screen of the current file Next Folder Plays the first file in the next folder Previous Folder Plays the first file in the previous folder fio SccS neces sentence ae ee Sosa teense eee eee eet a AE EEE enema ce ae eee E oS eee aac eee cee ema ee eee eee ee Features of your vehicle e iPod Commands Commands available during iPod e My Music Commands Commands available during operation My Music operation Command Function Command Function Random Randomly plays the songs within the current Random Randomly plays all saved files category Random Off Cancels random play to play files in sequential Random Off Cancels random play to play songs in sequen order tial order Repeat Repeats the current file Repeat Repeats the current song Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play files in sequential Repeat Off Cancels repeat play to play songs in sequen order tial order
287. mmer tires on some models to provide superior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions Kia recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tires on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tires Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 4 psi 28 kPa more air pressure than the pressure recommended for the stan dard tires on the tire label on the dri ver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 75 mph 120 km h when your vehicle is equipped with snow tires Maintenance ee Tire chains Tire chains if necessary should be installed on the front wheels Be sure that the chains are installed in accordance with the manufactur er s instructions To minimize tire and chain wear do not continue to use tire chains when they are no longer needed e When driving on roads covered with snow or ice drive at less than 20 mph 30 km h Use the SAE S class or wire chains If you hear noise caused by chains contacting the body retighten the
288. mo eee ee eeen ne E 3 13 Pre tensioner seat belt ccc cee ence 3 18 e Seat belt precautions ss 6 06 6 6 056 5 8 616 8 5161015 s 6 ese 0 3 20 s Care Ol seat pelts oere ee Aaeeea Sieve lo eer 3 22 Child restraint system sessesesseseeoo 3 23 e Using a child restraint system 085 3 24 Automatic locking mode 000000 3 25 Tether Anchor system 0ecceeeeees 3 28 Lower anchor system ceccecceecees 3 29 Air bag advanced supplemental restraint SV SCE eee ora see e a EE ES 3 31 e How does the air bag system operate 3 32 Air bag warning light ccceeeceees 3 34 e SRS components and functions 3 34 e Occupation classification system 05 3 37 e Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 42 Side impact air Dag ee eee eee sie 1s eels ele aee 3 45 Curtain air Dag oen aee eee avers tere EEA 3 46 SSRS Care e A E A siecle 3 53 Safety features of your vehicle SEAT Driver s seat 1 Forward and rearward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height 4 Seat warmer 5 Headrest Front passenger s seat 6 Forward and rearward 7 Seatback angle 8 Seat warmer 9 Headrest Rear seat 10 Headrest 11 Seatback folding Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Loose objects Do not place anything in the dri ver s foot well or under the front seats Loose ob
289. n ding button manually If the 7 posi tion is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of your vehicle To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest extreme right position 2 Set the temperature to extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defrost button 7 4 The air conditioning will be turned on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the Ht position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed the Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are con trolled automatically according to certain conditions such as lt S or 7 position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the followings z OUB041137 Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position 9 3 Push the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it resets to the defog logic status Features of your vehicle QUB045138 Automatic climate control
290. n e To repeat one song press the key Repeats the current song MP3 CD USB mode FLD RPT on screen e To repeat folder pressing twice repeats all files within the current folder Press the key again to turn off repeat Random While song file is playing gt AED RDM key Audio CD My Music mode RDM on screen e Random press the key Plays all songs in random order Pio Scce nese ses E ee ee ease teen esate nee teeta AE eae eee eee eae sea see enema ce ae cee eee ae eases E oS Meee e eee aca eee een eae cen e Features of your vehicle MP3 CD USB mode FLD RDM on screen e Folder Random press the key Plays all files within the current folder in random order iPod mode ALL RDM on screen All Random press the key Plays all files in random order MP3 CD USB ALL RDM on screen All Random pressing twice Plays all files in random order Press the key again to turn off random Changing Song File While song file is key e Shortly pressing the key Plays the current song from the beginning If the T9 key is pressed again within 2 seconds the previ ous song is played e Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song playing gt While song key e Shortly pressing the key Plays the next song e Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song file is playing Scan While song file is playing gt EZNB
291. n by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system 2 Evaporative emission con trol including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refu eling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere Maintenance a Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control sole noid valve Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling the PCSV closes so that evap orated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to t
292. nance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 120 000 miles or 96 months Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter Q Inspect valve clearance Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses Continued Continued 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Replace air cleaner filter Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine coolant First 120 000 miles or 120 months after every 30 000 miles or 24 months Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air
293. navailable If other than the specified fuel is used it could cause damage to the engine the fuel injection system and other fuel related parts which may not be covered under your New Vehicle Emissions Limited Warranty 2 We must therefore clearly state that when you leave the country in which you purchased your Kia new and register it in another country problems arising from the use of fuel other than the specified fuel are not subject to manufacturer s warranty Because vehicles like yours may not be marketed in the new country of registration parts servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable Even if vehicles like yours are sold there mechanical specifications required by the government may vary enough from the country of purchase to cause addi tional problems 3 There may not be an Authorized Kia Dealer in the area in which you plan to register your vehicle You may addi tionally experience difficulty in obtaining services in a foreign country for any number of reasons Further we cannot assume any responsibility for prob lems that result from unsatisfactory service or lack of service outside of the United States Specifications Consumer information Reporting safety defects ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT U S ONLY The electrical system of your vehicle is designed to per form under all reasonably expected operating conditions However before any additional electrical equ
294. ncoming number Features of your vehicle e When an incoming call pop up is displayed most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled Only the call volume will operate e The telephone number may not be properly displayed in some mobile phones e When a call is answered with the mobile phone the call mode will automatically revert to Private mode a Favorites Press the key gt Select Favorites 1 Saved favorite contact Connects call upon selection 2 To add favorite Downloaded con tacts can be saved as favorite e To save Favorite contacts should be downloaded e Contact saved in Favorites will not be automatically updated if the contact has been updated in the phone To update Favorites delete the Favorite and create a new Favorite Call History Press the key gt Select Call History A list of incoming outgoing and missed calls is displayed e Call history may not be saved in the call history list in some mobile phones Calls received with hidden caller ID will not be saved in the call history list Calling through the call history is not possible when there is no call history stored or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone is not connected Up to 50 received dialed and missed calls are stored in Call History Time of received dialed calls and call time information are not stored in Call History Features of your vehicle Contacts Press the key gt Select
295. nction Take your car to an authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked ESC OFF indicator ee OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illumi nate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated Low tire pressure telltale The low tire pressure telltale comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON position If the warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after coming on for about 3 seconds when you turned the ignition key to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an Kia authorized dealer as soon as possible This warning light will also illuminate if one or more of your tires is signifi cantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible If the warning light illumi nates while driving reduce vehicle speed immediately and stop the vehicle Avoid hard braking and overcorrect ing at the steering wheel Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indi cated on the vehicle s tire information placard Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when
296. ndow defroster press the rear window defroster button located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illu minates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before operating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automati cally turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster manually press the rear window defroster button again Outside mirror defroster if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the outside rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 Fan speed control knob 2 Mode selection knob 3 Temperature control knob 4 Air conditioning button if equipped 5 Rear window defroster button 6 Recirculated air position button 7 Outside fresh air position button OUB045103L Features of your vehicle Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired posi tion To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating xa Cooling 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the out side fresh air or recirculated air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn
297. ne damage If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance een SS SS NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT No check No service required QO Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Josie aeses seecene tees eee e ose eee saeco et eee a cane Ste see aee tee a ae ae ate ee nena se a ee ae ses csceee eee aso esse eee ceee aca eames e enone eee cease Maintenance I MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals R Replace Inspect and after inspection clean adjust repair or replace if necessary MAINTENANCE DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS CONDITION ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 3 750 miles OR 6 MONTHS ene rie AIR CLEANER FILTER MORE FREQUENTLY C E SPARK PLUGS MORE FREQUENTLY A B H K DISC BRAKE PADS CALIPERS AND ROTORS MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H REAR BRAKE DRUMS LININGS PARKING BRAKE MORE FREQUENTLY C D G H STEERING GEAR BOX LINKAGE amp BOOTS LOWER MORE FREQUENTLY C D E F G H ARM BALL JOINT UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS EVERY 7 500 miles OR 6 M
298. ne unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving position The transaxle will automati cally shift through a _ 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing anoth er vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the transaxle will auto matically downshift to the next lower gear Sports mode OUB051060 Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stopped or in motion sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D Drive position into the manual gate To return to D Drive range opera tion push the shift lever back into the main gate In Sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to shift gears rapidly In contrast to a manual transaxle the Sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Driving your vehicle Up Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear In Sports mode the driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions taking care to keep the engine speed below the red zone In Sports mode only the 6 forward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required In Sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehi cle slows down When
299. ng and closing if equipped The driver s door has a master power window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position 5 Auto down window if equipped Driver s window Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers the drivers window even when the switch is released To stop the win dow at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pull up the switch to the opposite direction of the window movement Features of your vehicle OTA040015 Auto up down window if equipped Pressing or pulling up the power win dow switch momentarily to the sec ond detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or press and release the switch to the opposite direction of the movement If the power window is not operated correctly the automatic power win dow system must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the window and continue pulling up on the driver s power window switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the win dow is blocked by an object or part of the body the window w
300. ng this button the doors will lock automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds NOTICE If the keyless entry system is inoper ative due to exposure to water or liq uids it will not be covered by your manufacturer s vehicle warranty Features of your vehicle Trunk tailgate open 3 if equipped The trunk tailgate will open when the button is pressed for more than 1 second Once the trunk tailgate is opened and then closed the trunk tailgate will lock automatically Alarm 4 The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will flash for about 30 seconds when this button is pressed for more than 0 5 seconds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter Transmitter precautions The transmitter or smart key will not work if any of following occurs e The ignition key is in the ignition switch You exceed the operating distance limit about 90 feet 30 mj The battery in the transmitter or smart key is weak Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal The weather is extremely cold The transmitter or smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter or smart key does not work properly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the trans mitter or smart key contact an authorized Kia dealer
301. nganese Tricarbonyl Kia does not recommend the use of gasoline containing MMT This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and affect your emis sion control system The malfunction indicator lamp on the cluster may come on Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alcohol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system engine control system and emission control system Introduction ee Fuel Additives Kia recommends that you use good quality gasolines treated with deter gent additives such as TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline which help pre vent deposit formation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance perform ance of the Emission Control System For more information on TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline please go to the website www top tiergas com For customers who do not use TOP Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly addi tives that you can buy separately may be added to the gasoline If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive added to the fuel tank at every 7 500mile or every engine oil change is recommended Additives are avail able from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive
302. nology device is connected Only Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree and Bluetooth audio relat ed features are supported Bluetooth related operations are pos sible only within devices that support Handsfree or audio features such as a Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth audio device If a connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology device becomes discon nected due to being out of communi cation range turning the device OFF or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology communication error corresponding Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are automatically searched and reconnected If the system becomes unstable due to communication errors between the car Handsfree and the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device reset the device by turning off and back on again Upon resetting Bluetooth Wireless Technology device the sys tem will be restored Features of your vehicle e After pairing is complete a con Connecting a Device From the paired phone list select the tacts download request is sent device you want to connect and once to the mobile phone Some select Connect mobile phones may require confir Press the key gt Select mation upon receiving a download Phone gt Select Phone List request ensure your mobile phone accepts the connection Refer to your phones users manual for additional information regarding phone pairing and connections Connected Phone Device that is
303. nthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Even with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System always check your tire pressure on a regular basis with a digital tire gauge Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicat
304. o fall against the windshield since it may chip or crack the windshield 1JBA7038 1 Raise the wiper arm and turn the 2 Compress the clip and slide the wiper blade assembly to expose blade assembly downward the plastic locking clip 3 Lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal Maintenance OED076041 2 Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorized Kia dealer replace the wiper blade Maintenance BATTERY For best battery service Keep the battery securely mount ed Keep the battery top clean and dry Keep the terminals and connec tions clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time discon nect the battery cables A WARNING Risk of A explosion Keep Lit cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery The battery contains hydrogen a highly combustible gas which will explode if it comes in contact with a flame or spark A WARNING Sulfuric
305. o start wait 5 to 10 seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it Driving your vehicle SEEK TRACK OUB055069 Starting the engine with a smart key if equipped 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Place the transaxle shift lever in P Park 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP button while depressing the brake pedal It should be started without depressing the accelerator 5 Do not wait for the engine to warm up while the vehicle remains sta tionary Start driving at moderate engine speeds Steep accelerating and decelerating should be avoided Even if the smart key is in the vehi cle the engine may not start if the key is not detected by one of the antennas When the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the our OF a indicator will blink or the warning Key not in vehicle will illuminate on the LCD display And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The indi cator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you The engine will start only when the smart key is in the vehicle Jie sce aeses saat ene eee e eee e osama teense scence teeta AE EEE enema ce aoe cee E eto eee nseeeeee nse eee EN Driving your vehicle Do not press the ENGINE
306. o the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in pounds per square inch psi or kilo pascals kPa before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and cargo DOT Markings A code molded into the sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U S Department of Transportation motor vehicle safety standards The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Maintenance ee ess Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure fo
307. ock position rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled Features of your vehicle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the out side door handle 3 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 2 until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked Jose aeses see e ene cee eee ease teen aces eet eel a AE teases ele eae Sea see eset aoe cet E e soo eee eeseeceee ssa ea E Features of your vehicle TRUNK 4 DOOR A CAUTION Make certain that you close the trunk before driving your vehi cle Possible damage may occur Opening the trunk OUB045203K With the key and the transmitter to the trunk lift cylinders and With the trunk lid release lever attached hardware if the trunk is To open the trunk insert the key and To open the trunk from inside the Ot closed prior to driving turn it clockwise to unlock vehicle pull up the trunk lid release lever The trunk will automatically lock when the trunk lid closes NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions Features of your vehicle Closing the trunk To close lower the trunk lid then press down on it until it locks To be sure the trunk lid is securely fas tened always check by trying to pull it up again 0uB041204k Emergency trunk lid safety release Your vehicle i
308. of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter m Type A ovo DOGODO m OUB041050N Odometer Odometer The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic mainte nance should be performed NOTICE It is against the law to alter the odometer on all vehicles with the intent to change the mileage regis tered on the odometer Features of your vehicle All stored driving information except m Cluster Type A distance to empty and instant fuel consumption will reset if the battery TRIPA lt x is disconnected TRIP B Distance to empty y Average fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption y Average speed y Elapsed time 7 y Trip computer Tripmeter Outside temperature if equipped The trip computer is a microcomput er controlled driver information sys tem that displays information related to driving when the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle E Cluster Type B TRIPA y TRIP B Distance to empty Average fuel consumption Instant fuel consumption y Average speed y Elapsed time m Type A m Type B OUB041051N Tripmeter TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of
309. oking at them Radial tires may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tire s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Maintenance ess Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire guage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tire and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air until you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire guage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture e Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pres sure gauge Tires with too much or too little pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling loss of vehicle con trol and sudden tire failure leading to accidents injuries and even death The recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be found in this manual and on the tire label located on the driver s side center pillar Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check
310. on cerning the inspection or servicing of your vehicle we strongly recom mend that you have an authorized Kia dealer perform this work An authorized Kia dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine Kia parts to service your vehicle proper ly For expert advice and quality serv ice see an authorized Kia dealer Inadequate incomplete or insuffi cient servicing may result in opera tional problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or personal injury Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsi bility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accor dance with the scheduled mainte nance service charts shown on the following pages You need this infor mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle war ranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehi cle maintained and repaired by an authorized Kia dealer An authorized Kia dealer meets Kia s high service quality standards and receives tech nical support from Kia in order to pro vide you with a high level of service satisfaction Maintenance a a O
311. ons When hazardous driving conditions are encountered such as water snow ice mud sand or similar haz ards follow these suggestions e Drive cautiously and allow extra distance for braking e Avoid sudden braking or steering e When braking with non ABS brakes pump the brake pedal with a light up and down motion until the vehicle is stopped Do not pump the brake pedal on a vehicle equipped with ABS e If stalled in snow mud or sand use second gear Accelerate slow ly to avoid spinning the drive wheels e Use sand rock salt tire chains or other non slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice snow or mud Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an _ automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as pos sible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheat ing and possible damage to the transaxle The ESC system should be turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle CAUTION Vehicle rocking Prolonged rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle damage or f
312. ontrols 1 VOLUME button scroll wheel Raises or lowers speaker vol ume 2 button Places and transfers calls 3 E button Ends calls or cancels functions 4 MUTE button Mutes the micro phone during a call 5 button Activates voice recognition XThe actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration e Check call history and making calls Shortly press under 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The call history list will be dis played on the screen Press the key again to con nect a call to the selected number e Redialing the most recently called number Press and hold over 0 8 seconds the key on the steering remote controller The most recently called number is redialed Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing a Bluetooth Wireless Technology Device What is Bluetooth Wireless Technology Pairing Pairing refers to the process of syn chronizing your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone or device with the car audio system for connection Pairing is necessary to connect and use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireles
313. ooth System Off Once Bluetooth Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio system e To turn Bluetooth Wireless Technology back on go to gt Phone and select Yes Features of your vehicle VOICE RECOGNITION Using Voice Recognition Starting Voice Recognition Shortly press the key on the steering wheel Say a command If prompt feedback is in ON then the system will say Please say a command after the beep BEEP e If prompt feedback is in OFF mode then the system will only say BEEP e To change Prompt Feedback On Off go to EA gt System gt Prompt Feedback e For proper recognition say the command after the voice instruc tion and beep tone Contact List Best Practices 1 Use full names vs short or single syllable names John Smith vs Dad Smith Residence vs Home 2 Avoid using special characters or hyphens amp etc 3 Avoid using acronyms In Case Emergency vs ICE 4 Spell words completely no abbre viations Doctor Goodman vs Dr Goodman Skipping Prompt Messages While prompt message is being stat ed gt Shortly press the key on the steering remote controller The prompt message is immediately ended and the beep tone will sound After the beep say the voice com mand Re starting Voice
314. op light replacement 4 door 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the trunk 0UB075107K 3 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 4 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 5 lInsert a new bulb in the socket 6 Reinstall the socket in the assem bly in the reverse order of removal a a OUB071042 OUBO71060N e 5 door 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the tailgate ia remove the rubber cover 4 Disconnect the electrical connec tor Maintenance OUB071061N 5 Loosen the retaining nuts 6 Remove the washer hose socket from the lamp assembly by turning the socket counter clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 7 Reinstall a new light assembly in the reverse order of removal OUB071043 License plate light bulb replacement 1 Remove the lens by pressing the tabs 2 Remove the socket from the lens 3 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 4 Install a new bulb in the socket and install the socket to the lens 5 Reinstall the lens securely Jie sce aeses sane en ee cee seca ose ete neces Reet eet a cee Ste see eee eae n le eae sea see enema ce aoe cee eee ae eases eee eee e soo eee e see eeee aca eee em eco eeee ee aeee Maintenance Interior light bulb replacement 1 Using a flat blade screwdriver gently pry the
315. operations 4 9 e Transmitter precautions 0ee ee eeee 4 10 Battery replacement occ ere ceersrerersharsschasreiovsre orsve 4 11 Immobilizer system cc cece cece ce ee 4 12 Theft alarm system 3 6 6 60605 65 66065 6 5608 96008605 4 14 WOOGMOCKS eer cesoessneran ssnin ne n eE 4 17 Outside the vehicle mece caseo ee ceneo osae 4 17 oulnside the vehicle e eee ee e E iey eevee 4 18 e Door lock unlock features 000 0000s 4 20 e Child protector rear door lock 4 20 Trunk aeee e aeae NE E aLr 4 22 Tailgate sce has ise ce cesses ceases sosatie 4 24 Windows aene teri E E EE aE Ea A ES 4 26 Hood ee E E AE 4 31 Fuel filler ido aeee ee e E EER 4 33 Sunroof oee eaea E E E tet ter 4 36 Steering wheel ae ei an a E T aE 4 40 Electronic power steering EPS 4 40 e Tilt and telescoping steering 005 4 41 e Heated steering wheel c eee e eee 4 41 SHETOUM Ee e E oreteieteie sels ois E les etsierere eee 4 42 INGDER ONS ee eere E E sieve ter S rer EEE 4 43 Inside rearview Mirror ess eesse senene ones 4 43 e Outside rearview MiIror cece eee eee 4 43 Instrument cluster 0 ccc cece eee eee 4 46 e Instrument panel illumination 4 47 Gaue ye ateyorsts E e a oereverareter shore 4 47 oY Ds Plays ares e etc vereicrote sieves vere TE 4 50 Miri p computer eee cea eee eee Eeee erences ores 4 50 User s
316. or a prolonged time Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation A WARNING Open tailgate Do not drive with the tailgate open Poisonous exhaust gases can enter the passenger com partment If you must drive with the tail gate open proceed as follows 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at the highest speed A WARNING California proposition 65 Engine exhaust and a wide vari ety of automobile components and parts including compo nents found in the interior fur nishings in a vehicle contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause can cer and birth defects and repro ductive harm In addition cer tain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of compo nent wear contain or emit chem icals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc tive harm Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING Before entering vehicle Be sure that all windows outside mirror s and outside lights are clean Check the condition of the tires Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer flui
317. or additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 6 0JX16 6 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 16 Rim diameter in inches Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currently being used for passenger vehicles The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Speed Rating Maximum Speed Symbol S 112 mph 180 km h T 118 mph 190 km h H 130 mph 210 km h V 149 mph 240 km h Z Above 149 mph 240 km h Maintenance iii 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tire sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size an
318. oring System If the system is able to correctly detect an under inflation warning at the same time as system failure then it will illuminate the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem The TPMS malfunction indicator may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations government and pub lic offices broadcasting stations mil itary installations airports or trans mitting towers etc This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency The TPMS malfunction indicator may illuminate if snow chains or some separately purchased devices such as notebook computers mobile charger remote starter navigation etc are used in the vehicle This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS What to do in an emergency Changing a tire with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure will come on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the spare tire CAUTION Repair Agents Never use a puncture repairing agent not approved by Kia to repair and or inflate a low pres sure tire The tire sealant not approved by Kia may damage the tire pressure sensor Each wheel is equippe
319. orrosion The most common causes of corro sion on your vehicle are Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abra sion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehi cle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated cor rosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likely to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity partic ularly when temperatures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in con tact with the vehicle surfaces by moisture that is slow to evaporate Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also acceler ate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed For all these rea sons it is particularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other mate rials This applies not only to the vis ible surfac
320. ot advisable Dangerous exhaust fumes can enter the passenger compartment lf you must drive with the tail gate opened keep the air vents and all windows open so that N p o additional outside air can enter s fi OUB045014L Closing the tailgate Emergency tailgate safety To close the tailgate lower and push 44 WARNING Riding in release down the tailgate firmly Make sure cargo area Your vehicle is equipped with the that the tailgate is securely latched Occupants should never ride in emergency tailgate safety release Make sure your hands feet and other the rear cargo area where no lever located on the bottom of the parts of your body are safely out of restraints dans lable tailgate When someone is inadver the way before closing the tailgate tently locked in the luggage compart Occupants should always be ment the tailgate can be opened by CAUTION Closing injury in the event of an acci poing as lows tailgate dent or sudden stops 1 Remove the cover 2 Push the release lever to the right Mak hing i h lake sure nothing is near the 3 Push up the tailgate tailgate latch and striker while closing the tailgate It may dam age the tailgate s latch osc aeses sR ee elec ee ee ease teen eseeee Reet eet a AE eee ese te eae ea see esate aoe cee E e soo Meee eeseeceee nce ease Scere ee ease Features of your vehicle WINDOWS a s 1 Drivers door power window gt F switch Jp 2 Front
321. ot running to prevent battery discharge START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked in this position Pisce aeses Santen eee e eee ease teense eee eee eet A EE O ee eee ee eet eae eee eee eect Se ee esas E oS Meee a eee ee ence eee enema ee eee eee Driving your vehicle Driving your vehicle ENGINE Seer BUTTON IF EQUIPPED f RADIO MEDIA PHONE ELLEP Y TRACK OUB055004K llluminated ENGINE START STOP button Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illuminate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed ENGINE START STOP button position OFF To turn off the engine START RUN position or vehicle power ON posi tion press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion you are able to turn the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 2 seconds or 3 times successively within 3 seconds If the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without d
322. oth CAUTION Sunroof motor damage If you try to open the sunroof Sunshade when the temperature is below When opening the sunroof the sun freezing or when the sunroof is shade will also open Once the sun covered with snow or ice the roof is closed the sunshade can be glass or the motor could be manually closed damaged OBK049019 Features of your vehicle Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is dis connected or discharged or related fuse is blown you must reset your sunroof system as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and close the sunroof completely 2 Release the control lever 3 Push and hold the control lever for ward for more than 10 seconds until the sunroof tilts and slightly moves Then release the lever 4 Within 3 seconds push and hold the control lever forward for more than 5 seconds until the sunroof is operated as follows TILT DOWN SLIDE OPEN gt SLIDE CLOSE Then release the control lever When this is complete the sunroof system is reset X For more detailed information contact an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected dis charged or related fuse is blown the sunroof may not operate properly Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering Power steering uses a motor to assist you in steering the vehicle If the engine is off or if the p
323. our vehicle CLOCK SETTINGS Press the key gt Select Clock through TUNE knob or key gt Select menu through TUNE knob Clock Settings This menu is used to set the time Select Clock Settings Set through TUNE knob gt Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to set the hour and press the tune knob to set the minute and AM PM Calendar Settings This menu is used to set the date MM DD YYYY Select Calendar Settings gt Set through TUNE knob Press TUNE knob kAdjust the number currently in focus to make the settings and press the tune knob to move to the next setting Set in order of Month Day Year Time Format This function is used to set the 12 24 hour time format of the audio system Select Time Format Set 12Hr 24Hr through TUNE knob Clock Display when Power is OFF Select Clock Disp Pwr Off gt Set COn COf through TUNE knob Displays time date on screen Turn off Features of your vehicle SYSTEM SETTINGS Press the M M key gt Select System gt Select menu through TUNE knob Memory Information if equipped Displays currently used memory and total system memory Select Memory Information gt OK The currently used memory is dis played on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side Prompt Feedback if equipped This feature is used to change voice command feedback between Normal
324. ow to use them Do not mix other additives K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 45 000 miles or 36 months Q Inspect air cleaner filter Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Continued Continued QO Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or re
325. ower steer ing system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort The motor driven power steering is controlled by the power steering con trol unit which senses the steering wheel torque and vehicle speed to command the motor The steering wheel becomes heavier as the vehicle s speed increases and becomes lighter as the vehicle s speed decreases for better control of the steering wheel Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operation have the power steering checked by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation e The steering effort is high immedi ately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the sys tem performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condition A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed The steering effort increases if the steering wheel is rotated continu ously when the vehicle is not in motion However after a few min utes it will return to its normal conditions When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature abnor mal noise could occur If tempera ture rises the noise will disappear Thi
326. own it must be replaced OUBO071021 Memory fuse Your vehicle is equipped with the memory fuse to prevent battery dis charge if your vehicle is parked with out being operated for prolonged periods Use the following proce dures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and pull up the memory fuse If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section Even though the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be dis charged by operation of the head lights or other electrical devices Jie Scce nese ss Ree ene eee ee ease teense eee e eee le cen Ste sneer eee ee eee eae seas eee nee ce aoe cee E oS eee eeee ncaa em econ ce oe Maintenance 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown To remove or insert the fuse use the fuse puller in the engine compartment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rat ing and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an author ized Kia dealer CAUTION Fuse panel covers Engine compartment panel fuse x Multi fuse replacement P Eg artes eran If the multi fuse is blown consult an 1 Turn the ignition switch and all securely install the fuse panel a
327. peration 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints Continued Continued 10 Fuel tank cap lines and hoses 11 Lubricate all locks and hinges 12 Parking brakes 13 Steering operation and linkage 14 Suspension mounting bolts Q Replace air cleaner filter A Replace climate control air filter if equipped Q Replace engine coolant First 120 000 miles or 120 months after every 30 000 miles or 24 months Q Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Q Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear Inspect Water Pump when replacing the drive belt or timing belt Fuel filter amp Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter imme diately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized Kia dealer for details The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively When replacing coolant use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engi
328. place Maintenance ee NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 52 500 miles or 42 months Inspect air cleaner filter Replace engine oil and filter Q Add fuel additive Rotate tires including tire pressure and tread wear A If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available one bottle of additive is rec ommended Additives are available from your authorized Kia dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives K Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Maintenance a Se NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT 60 000 miles or 48 months Q Inspect air conditioning compressor air conditioner refrigerant and performance if equipped Q Inspect cooling system Q Inspect drive belt First 60 000 miles or 72 months after every 15 000 miles or 24 months Q Inspect drive shaft and boots Q Inspect fuel filter Q Inspect fuel line hoses and connection Q Inspect fuel tank air filter Q Inspect valve clearance Q Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Q Inspect visually the following items 1 Battery condition 2 Brake fluid clutch if equipped fluid 3 Brake lines hoses and connections 4 Brake pedal and operation 5 Chassis body nuts and bolts 6 Drum brake and linings if equipped 7 Disc brakes and pads if equipped Continued Continued 8 Exhaust pipe and muffler 9 Front suspension ball joints 10 Fuel tank cap lin
329. position However prolonged operation of the reticu lated air position will excessively dry the air In this case change the air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed A CAUTION Excessive AC While using the air conditioning system monitor the tempera ture gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high Air conditioning system opera tion may cause engine over heating and potential engine damage Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air con ditioning system off if the tem perature gauge indicates engine overheating Air conditioning system operation tips e If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system operation you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning com pressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minute
330. push the door lock button 1 to the Lock position If the door is locked properly the red mark 2 on the door lock button will not show To open a door pull the door han dle 3 outward If the inner door handle of the front door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open if equipped Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehi cle and any front door is opened if equipped eatures of your vehicle If a power door lock ever fails to func tion while you are in the vehicle try one or more of the following tech niques to exit e Operate the door unlock feature repeatedly both electronic and manual while simultaneously pulling on the door handle e Operate the other door locks and handles front and rear e Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from out side Driver s door Passenger s door gt MAn With central door lock switch if equipped Operate by pressing the central door lock switch e Press the switch to the Lock posi tion 1 all vehicle doors will lock e Press the switch to the Unlock position 2 all vehicle doors will unlock e Ifthe key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened the doors will not lock when the Lock position 1 of
331. put the belt out of position Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seated in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoul der belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint sys tem Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoulder belt assemblies when ever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE Safety features of your vehicle Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should consult a physician for recommenda tions One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an acci dent Do not lie down To r
332. r compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing Strictly follow the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure What to do in an emergenc Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1 Detach the speed restriction label 0 from the sealant bottle 1 and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on the steering wheel to remind the driver not to drive too fast 2 Screw connection hose 9 onto the connector of the sealant bottle 3 Ensure that screw cap 8 is closed 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the housing 4 of the compressor so that the bottle is upright OUB065010L 6 Ensure that the compressor is switched off position 0 7 Plug the compressor power cord into the vehicle power outlet 8 With the engine start stop button position on or ignition switch posi tion on switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 5 7 minutes to fill the sealant up to proper pressure refer to the Tire and Wheels chapter 8 The infla tion pressure of the tire after filling is unimportant and will be checked corrected later Be careful not to overinflate the tire and stay away from the tire when filling it 9 Switch off the compressor 10 Detach the hoses from the seal
333. r that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 pounds 68 kg Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tire used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Nar
334. r the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake e Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transaxle to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a constant speed without depressing the accelerator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 25 mph 40 km h If the cruise control is left on CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on acciden tally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when driving in heavy or varying traffic or on slippery rainy icy or snow cov ered or winding roads or over 6 up hill or down hill roads NOTICE During normal cruise control opera tion when the SET switch is activat ed or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control
335. re evel si ovole 4 115 CHEUS SAGEM AY eeen sea aE sleveisie ors eroleal 4 116 SHINCKEASE CAL LO Spaten oee eee eeaeee ere o ere naa 4 117 Interior features isc cc ccce cece sce essea as 4 118 ei Cigarette lighter coer eee ee a siecle 4 118 A ShtrAy e ee ea aE e Aa EE EE OE S 4 118 Cupholder cs sses 5 e105 c isle nsec tisse noina 4 119 Sliding armrest osse 50 01 5 61 see sues oie 4 sree oaks Gren 4 120 e S UNV OE eo eea e E ose ior sit E A 4 120 SEOWEr OUEL eee ee e E E R 4 121 e Shopping bag holder eee eeees 4 121 e Digital clock and calendar 66 4 122 Clothes hanten es crs ea EEA EE 4 123 Floor mat anchors seeen eene eese en eenen 4 123 s Navigation System o e eeeoaene ae E E 4 124 Audiorsyste me eee e e E rave ore 4 125 S ANntenNDA se 5 ye 5 esres t Trea EEEE EEE 4 125 e Steering wheel audio control 4 126 e Bluetooth wireless technology 4 126 CAUX USB and IPod eneee een e eeoa e ES 4 127 Features of your vehicle KEYS Record your key number The key code num ber is stamped on the key code tag attached to the key set Should you lose your keys this number will enable an authorized Kia dealer to duplicate the keys easily After recording the key code number remove the tag and store it in a safe place It is recommended that you store the number in a safe place but not in the vehicle m Type A y yy OFD0
336. re the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image until they are tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing the wheels have an authorized Kia dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible What to do in an emergency Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel amp aluminium alloy wheel 65 79 Ib ft 9 11 kg m If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it until it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as pos sible After you have changed wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations CAUTION Reusing lug nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Installation of a non metric threa
337. recautions for Safe Driving Bluetooth Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers to practice safe driving Connecting the head unit with a Bluetooth phone allows the user to conveniently make and receive calls and use contacts Before using Bluetooth carefully read the contents of this user s manual Excessive use or operations while driving may lead to negligent driving practices and result in accidents Refrain from excessive operations while driving Viewing the screen for prolonged periods of time is dangerous and may lead to accidents When driv ing view the screen only for short periods of time When connecting a Bluetooth Phone Before connecting the head unit with the mobile phone check to see that the mobile phone sup ports Bluetooth features Even if the phone supports Bluetooth the phone will not be found during device searches if the phone has been set to hidden state or the Bluetooth power is turned off Disable the hidden state or turn on the Bluetooth power prior to searching connecting with the Head unit If you do not want an automatic con nection with your Bluetooth device turn off the Bluetooth feature with in your mobile phone The Handsfree call volume and quality may differ depending on the mobile phone e Park the vehicle when connecting the head unit with the mobile phone Bluetooth connection may become intermittently disconnected in some mobile phones
338. repairs Maintenance Low aspect ratio tire if equipped Low aspect ratio tires whose aspect ratio is lower than 50 are provided for sporty looks Because the low aspect ratio tires are optimized for handling and brak ing it may be more uncomfortable to ride in and there is more noise com pare with normal tires CAUTION Because the sidewall of the low aspect ratio tire is shorter than the normal the wheel and tire of the low aspect ratio tire is easi er to be damaged So follow the instructions below When driving on a rough road or off road drive cautiously because tires and wheels may be damaged And after driving inspect tires and wheels When passing over a pothole speed bump manhole or curb stone drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not dam aged If the tire is impacted we rec ommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized Kia dealer To prevent damage to the tire inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3 000km It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage even though you cannot see the tire damage with your own eyes have the tire checked or replaced because the tire damage may cause air leakage from the tire If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road off road pothole manhole or curb stone it will not be covered by the warranty You can find out the tir
339. results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling have it checked by an authorized Kia dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tread and a greater pos sibility of damage from road haz ards Warm tires normally exceed rec ommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6 psi 28 to 41 kPa Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation valve caps Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible Always observe the following e Check tire pressure when the tires are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than one mile 1 6 km since startup Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pres sure of other tires Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one Checking tire inflation pres sure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the spare tire How to check Use a good quality gauge to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by lo
340. rictly follow the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure OGDE064102 Components of the Tire Mobility Kit 0 Speed restriction label 4 Holder for the sealant bottle 1 Sealant bottle and label with 5 Compressor speed restriction 6 On off switch 2 Filling hose from sealant bottle to 7 Pressure gauge for displaying the wheel tire inflation pressure 3 Connectors and cable for the g Button for reducing tire inflation power outlet direct connection pressure What to do in an emergenc OGDE065100K OGD065101K OGD065102K Using the Tire Mobility Kit 2 Connect the filling hose 2 onto 3 Ensure that button 6 on the com the connector of the sealant bottle pressor is not pressed Filling the sealant Strictly follow the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure 1 Shake the sealant bottle What to do in an emergenc OUB065028L 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the 7 Connect between compressor and OGD065103K valve of the defective wheel and housing 4 of the compressor so the vehicle power outlet using the screw filling hose 2 of the sealant that the bottle is upright cable and connectors 3 bottle onto the valve 6 Ensure that the compressor is 8 With the ignition switched on switched off position 0 Switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately 3 minutes to fill the sealant The inf
341. rius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activation signal SEEK Press the key gt e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Select previous or next channel e Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Continuously move to previous or next channel If the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category SCAN Press the key gt EJN e Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Previews each broad cast for 5 seconds each Press the key again to con tinue listening to the current fre quency lf the Category icon is displayed channels are changed within the current category Category Press the key Set through the TUNE knob e The display will indicate the catego ry menus highlight the category that the current channel belongs to e In the Category List Mode press the key to navigate cate gory list e Press the tune knob to select the lowest channel in the highlighted category K If channel is selected by selecting category then the CATEGORY icon is displayed at the top of the screen Jie sce aeses Se ec ene ec ee ease e teense e cence teeta AE EEE see ede ce fae EE E oe seesaw eee eee eee eee eae ae Features of your vehicle Preset Press the key gt i Gay Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Plays the frequency saved in the corresponding key e Pressing
342. rized Kia dealer in accordance to the sched uled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter WASHER FLUID a iN T Aa T S ry OUB071009 Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces sary Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available However use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli mates to prevent freezing Maintenance PARKING BRAKE Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of clicks heard while fully applying it from the released position Also the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade If the stroke is more or less than specified have the parking brake adjusted by an authorized Kia dealer Stroke 6 8 clicks at a force of 44 lbs 20 kg 196 N AIR CLEANER ovs071011 Filter replacement 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover It must be replaced when necessary attaching clips and open the cover and should not be washed You can clean the filter when inspect ing the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air oe ee ae ee ge ee eee NE Maintenance Replace the filter according to the Rat Maintenance Schedule CAUTION Air filter If the vehicle is operated in extreme Pa ea ly dusty or sandy areas replace the Do not drive with the air clean
343. ront air bag Passenger s front air bag Side impact air bag Curtain air bag Ye HS YH WH Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and sever ity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover X The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OYF039050 fsa aeses See ene eee eee esac e ee a teeta eee eee eee aera eae See eee eee eee eee eee ae eases eee eee oS eee see eee ace eee ee sae eee ae Safety features of your vehicle How does the air bag system operate Air bag are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START the appropriate position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of serious frontal or side col lision if equipped with side impact air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a collision and its direction These two factors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of complex factors includ ing vehicle speed angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision Though factors are not limited to those mention
344. rough roads more frequent cli mate control air filter inspections and changes are required When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air con ditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative influence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized Kia dealer The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer CAUTION AC Repair It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used otherwise damage to the vehicle may occur To prevent damage the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified techni cians The air conditioning system should be serviced by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Temperature control knob AUTO automatic control button Climate control display Fan speed control knob OFF button Front windshield defroster button Rear window defroster button Mode selection button Air conditioning button if equipped 0 Air intake contro button OONOOaARWD CAUTION Operating the blower when the ignition swi
345. row bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 150 Ibs 68 kg plus the rated cargo and luggage load Maintenance a Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure All season tires Kia specifies all season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than all season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires Kia specifies su
346. rs the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the pas senger compartment may become stale In addition prolonged operation of the air conditioning with the recircu lated air position selected will result in excessively dry air in the passen ger compartment Features of your vehicle OUB045110 OUB045208L Fan speed control To turn off the blowers The ignition switch must be inthe ON To turn off the blowers turn the fan position for fan operation speed control knob to the 0 posi The fan speed control knob allows tiOn you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Features of your vehicle OUB045111 Air conditioning if equipped Press the A C button to turn the air conditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning sys tem off System operation Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the out side fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to t
347. rtor AUDIO 20A W O ISG Audio A V amp Navigation Head Unit Head Lamp LH License Lamp TAARA 10A Rear Combination Lamp IN OUT LH Head Lamp RH License Lamp ILL TAE E 19 Rear Combination Lamp IN OUT RH With Burglar Alarm Burglar Alarm Relay START 10A W O Burglar Alarm Transaxle Range Switch A T Smart Key Control Module M T Ignition Lock Switch M T ECM M T PCB Fuse amp Relay Box Start Relay M T Power Window Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch LH peer ean Driver Safety Power Window Module P WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch Rear Power Window Switch RH Passenger Power Window Switch ECM PCM A C Control Module MTD MIRR 19A Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror A CON 10A A C Control Module Engine compartment fuse panel Maintenance a eS Se Fuse Name Fuse rating Circuit Protected MULTI MDPS 80A EPS Control Module FUSE ALT 125A Alternator B41 50A I P Junction Box Power Connector Fuse ROOM LP 10A AUDIO 20A Fuse FOG LP FRT 15A MODULE 1 10A STOP LP 15A Tail Lamp Relay INVERTER 40A Inverter I P Junction Box Fuse HAZARD 15A PDM 1 25A PDM 2 10A SUNROOF 15A B 2 50A DR LOCK 20A SAFETY POWER WINDOW 25A S HEATER 2 15A FOLD G MIRR 10A Power Window Relay FUSE IG1 40A With Smart Key PDM Relay Box ESCL ACC Relay ESCL IG1 Relay W O Smart Key Ignition Switch ABS1 40A ESC Module Multipurpose Check Connector ABS2 40A E
348. s Technology Pairing Key Key on the Steering Remote Controller When No Devices have been Paired 1 Press the key or the key on the steering remote con troller The following screen is dis played Pic e6 eee See eee setae ne aos e eee eee Ss oo a cee ecese see e eee as a eco Features of your vehicle 2 Select OK button to enter the Pair Phone screen 1 Car Name Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device 2 Passkey Passkey used to pair the device 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio system Non SSP supported device SSP Secure Simple Pairing 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed where the passkey is entered Hear enter the passkey 0000 to pair your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device with the car audio system SSP supported device 4 After a few moments a screen is displayed 6 digits passkey Hear check the passkey on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device and confirm 5 Once pairing is complete the fol lowing screen is displayed Some phones i e iPhone Android and Blackberry phones may offer an option to allow acceptance of all future Bluetooth connection requests by default and Visit htto Avww kia com bluetooth for additional information on pairing your Bluetooth enabled mobile phone and to view a phone compatibilit
349. s to ensure maximum system per formance Features of your vehicle e When using the air conditioning system you may notice clear water dripping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehicle This is a normal sys tem operation characteristic Operating the air conditioning sys tem in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling how ever continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system operation characteristic Outside air Blower Climate control Heater core mM Evaporator air filter gore OMG075033 Climate control air filter The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accu mulation on the inside of the wind shield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air fil ter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE e Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty
350. s equipped with an emergency trunk release cable locat ed inside the trunk If someone is inadvertently locked in the trunk pulling this handle will release the trunk latch mechanism and open the trunk Features of your vehicle TAILGATE Opening the tailgate E Type A e The tailgate is locked or unlocked by turning the key to the Lock or Unlock position e If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and than pulling up the hatch E Type B The tailgate will locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the transmitter or smart key or central door lock switch If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up All doors will lock if the tailgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed for more than 1 second and the tailgate is unlocked Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock auto matically OUB045013L K There is no key hole on this type The tailgate swings upward Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate CAUTION Tailgate lift cylinders Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylin ders and attaching hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving Features of your vehicle WARNING Exhaust fumes Driving with the tailgate open is n
351. s indicates that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 Safety features of your vehicle The lap shoulder belt automatically returns to the emergency lock mode whenever the belt is allowed to retract fully Therefore the preceding seven steps must be followed each time a child restraint is installed To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully OEN036104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while WARNING Auto lock feeding the shoulder belt back into mode the retractor Set the retractor to Automatic 6 Push and pull on the child restraint Lock mode when installing any i ES T gt system to confirm that the seat belt Child restraint system h m UN is holding it firmly in place If it is If the retractor is not in the not release the seat belt and Automatic Locking mode the repeat steps 2 through 6 child restraint can move when 7 Double check that the retractor is your vehicle turns or stops sud in the Auto Lock mode by denly attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you can not the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode f 1011 Safety features of your vehicle Securing a child restraint seat with t
352. s is a normal condition If the Electric Power Steering System does not operate normally the warn ing light will illuminate on the instru ment cluster The steering wheel may become difficult to control or operate abnormally Take your vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer and have the vehicle checked as soon as possible Features of your vehicle Tilt and telescoping if equipped steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be posi tioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instrument panel warning lights and gauges nt 3 Ki SST 0UB041029 To change the steering wheel angle pull down the lock release lever 1 adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 and height if equipped 3 then pull up the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired posi tion before driving OUB041030 Heated steering wheel if equipped When the ignition switch is in the ON position pressing the heated steer ing wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off It will turn off automatically approxi mately 30 min
353. s running The meter s working range is from 0 00 99 59 Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1 second when the elapsed time is being displayed clears the elapsed time to zero 0 00 0 Elapsed Time 12 34 OUB041056C Features of your vehicle m Type A E Type B ey OUB041057N Outside temperature if equipped This mode indicates the outside tem perature around the vehicle The meter s working range is from 40 C to 60 C 40 F to 140 F Type A To change the outside temperature display unit C lt F press the RESET button more than 1 second in this mode Type B To Change the outside temperature display unit C lt F see the fol lowing pages in Vehicle Option sec tion m Type A m Type B OUB041176N Manual transaxle shift indica tor if equipped This indicator informs you which gear is desired while driving to save fuel For example A3 Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear yJ Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired current ly the shift lever is in the 4th or 5th gear When the system is not working properly the indicator is not dis played Features of your vehicle m Type A OUB041177N Automatic transaxle shift posi tion indicator if equipped The indicator displays which auto matic transaxle shift lever is select ed m Type B
354. s start button while turn steering Press start button while turning steering OUB041082 If the steering wheel does not unlock normally when the engine start stop button is pressed the warning illumi nates for 10 seconds on the LCD dis play Also the warning chime sounds once and the engine start stop but ton light blinks for 10 seconds When you are warned press the engine start stop button while turning the steering wheel right and left Check steering wheel lock system Check steering whee lock system OUB041084 If the steering wheel does not lock normally when the engine start stop button changes to the OFF position the warning illuminates for 10 sec onds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds for 3 seconds and the engine start stop button light blinks for 10 seconds Check stop lamp fuse if equipped 0 Check Stop Lamp Fuse OUB041085 When the stop lamp fuse is discon nected the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Replace the fuse with a new one If that is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the engine start stop button for 10 seconds in ACC Jie Scce nese ssa ee ene eee ee ease teense scence teeta cena Ste sneer eee eee eee eae ease ee nee ce ae cee E eee oo Meee seeeeee ncaa ee scene eee aaa e Features of your vehicle Door open if equipped 1 r It displays the corresponding door or tailgate that is not closed
355. securely OUB041087 Fuel cap open warning if equipped gt Check Fuel Cap This warning light indicates the fuel filler cap is not tight securely Always make sure that the fuel filler cap is tight OUB041170 Align steering wheel if equipped jz eee Wheel OUB041088 If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the left after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the right and make it turned to the left less than 30 degrees eatures of your vehicle Align steering wheel if equipped A Align Steering Whee OUB041089 If you start the engine when the steering wheel is turned 90 degrees to the right after a couple of seconds Align steering wheel illuminates on the LCD display for 5 seconds Turn the steering wheel to the left and make it turned to the right less than 30 degrees Low tire pressure if equipped Low TirePressure OUB043210 This warning message will illuminate when one or more of your tires is sig nificantly underinflated In this case we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible Features of your vehicle REAR CAMERA DISPLAY IF EQUIPPED Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with foreign matter the camera may not operate normally A WARNING
356. sseeesntrreesnereeen 4 48 GAW Gross axle weight eereeeeereerrerreeeerrerrereeerereeres 5 61 GAWR Gross axle weight rating eetere 5 61 Glove oka i eeror ireann seneese ceiien esista 4 114 GVW Gross vehicle weight s sssssesssssessesesseees 5 61 GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating ee resets 5 61 H Hazard warning flasher sssssssssesssesseesssseseeseeneens 4 77 Hazardous driving conditions eetere 5 48 Headrest front ses esesseeeeeeeteseseeeeneeseeneeeneeneneneseeseeetenens 3 5 Headrest rear sscesesseteeeteeeseseseeneneensenseesassneneseneneeeenens 3 9 Hight adjustment sssssssssssessessesseesseeseeneesesseneeneens 3 16 Highway driving e eeeeeeeeeeeeete tee teee neces teeters tee eeeneneees S 51 Hill start assist control HAC eeeeeeeereeeesreerererereesereeeeees 5 31 E etare CET E tenes denies cones canes E senses 4 31 PAG iicsdsesstecetcsesesccecciedsscecscledeceseccced dacisscasledcenicsetesesteicssedessec 4 42 How to use this manual s0 scsecceseenssecssseesssecsneccsseces 1 2 I Idle stop and go system ISG rete reetetreteete te eetteeeees 5 40 Immobilizer system veer tee eee tee eee tee tet tene rete etenee es 4 12 Indicators and Warnings reer eeeeeete tte ttet sete tee tenet ee 4 59 Inside rearview Mirror eseeseeesesseeesessseesessseeseesseeseeeseeesees 4 43 Tnstrument Cluster s sseeeneserecseccesscsssecsesssesoncesoscases 4 46 Engine coolant temp
357. ssssessessesssesssenesessnssesseenenens 4 111 Winter driving essesssessesseesesesessssssssesseesessssssssnenes 5 52 STOW TEES E E E TE 5 52 Tire chains orriren iirde eritin eios orias ei 5 53 Wiper blades sssssssssssssssesseesesssessssssesessnasessnasansseenes 7 45 Wipers and washers 1 ssssesssssessessssssesesseesesssessesnenen 4 81 2015 KIA MOTORS AMERICA INC
358. ssssessssssesssssesseasesenasassnnesenseasesans 4 118 Digital clock and calendar ss ssssssssssssesseesesens 4 122 Floor mat anchor S erectus eee tere reer tert errs 4 123 Power Out leticessssssesees ienie oI a aits 4 121 Shopping bag holder s sssssssssssssssseessesessesesseeeennees A121 Sliding armrest s ssssssssssssessesseesessnesssstesesseesnsees 4 120 TEAS Oi Sees ses E E E 4 120 Interior ghiere iei eise er 4 85 Thtenoroveryjewstcrssesiiiesruei itere pe issie iepa aei 2 4 ISG systems s ssssessssssssssssessessesseassssssssessessesenasasssassensases 5 40 J Jack and toolset tisse einne apo e e T ieia 6 14 Jump starting E E a 6 5 K Key positions sssssssssssssessesseessesesenesessssssnsssesesenaseeanaes 5 5 Keys sesssssesssessessessesseesssessssessessssnnsnsesssenasessnssanssveneseasiesnaes 4 3 Immobilizer Key s sssssssssseseesesssssesseeseseneseessssaessnesnes 4 11 Remote or Smart key battery replacement 4 10 I L Label Air bag warning label ss sssssssessesseesesesestsssessenss 3 54 Refrigerant label ssssssssssssseesessssssesseesesseastsanaesenss 8 10 Tire sidewall labeling s ssssssssssssssseseeeseessssseess 7 56 Tire specification and pressure label 8 10 Vehicle certification label 1 secesecseeseeseesereeesenseneesees 8 9 LCD display Warning eetere tree teet 4 70 Light bulbs
359. stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rub ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floor mat should be installed in each posi tion IMPORTANT Your vehicle was manufactured with driver s side floor mat anchors that are designed to securely hold the floor mat in place To avoid any interference with pedal operation Kia recommends that only the Kia floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed OUBO041182N Navigation system if equipped The navigation system ascertains the present position of your vehicle by using information from satellites and guides you to the place you assign as the destination Detailed information for the naviga tion system is described in a sepa rately supplied manual Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM If you install an aftermarket HID head lamp your vehicle s audio and electronic device may malfunction OHM048154N Antenna Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast signals This antenna can be removed To remove the antenna turn it counterclockwise To install the antenna turn it clockwise CAUTION Antenna Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash remove the antenna by rotating it counter clockwise If not the antenna may be dam aged When reinstalling your antenna it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper rec
360. steering effort will be required because the power steer ing system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake performance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off If the car is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transmission is in neutral Be sure the steering is unlocked by plac ing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes CAUTION Automatic transaxle e To avoid serious damage to the automatic transmission limit the vehicle speed to 15 km h 10 mph and drive less than 1 5 km 1 mile when tow ing Before towing check for an automatic transmission fluid leak under your vehicle If the automatic transmission fluid is leaking a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used Engine compartment ee ee eeeee 7 3 Maintenance SERVICES lt lt ysesicrei sce sors srs ereiereye ose s 7 4 Owner s responsibility scesero o sor aesae a 7 4 e Owner maintenance precautions 7 5 Owner maintenance seess ece e neoe score 7 6 e Owner maintenance schedule 665 7 6 Scheduled maintenance service 7 8 e Normal maintenance schedule 4 7 9 e Maintenance under severe usage conditions 7 30 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items
361. sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily While driving with the sunroof in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by tak ing the following actions If you expe rience the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OBK049018 Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detected while the sunroof is closing automatically it will reverse direction and then stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all pas sengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it u Uu EJ q P s OUB041028 Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof push the sun roof control lever upward until the sunroof moves to the desired posi tion To close the sunroof push the sun roof lever forward or pull downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position Features of your vehicle Do not extend the face neck arms or body outside the sunroof while driving With the sunroof open for an extend ed period of time dirt may accumu late on the guide rails causing noise during opening and closing Periodically remove dirt using a clean cl
362. system if equipped 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Select the defrost position press ing defrost button Ht 3 While holding the air conditioning button A C pressed press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The A C display blinks 3 times It indi cates that the defogging logic is can celed or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it is reset to the defog logic status Auto defogging system Only for automatic climate con trol system if equipped Auto defogging reduces the possibil ity of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the moisture of inside the windshield The auto defogging system operates when the AUTO mode is on OVF041170 Features of your vehicle This indicator illuminates when the auto defogging system senses the mois ture of inside the wind shield and operates wy AUTO If more moisture is in the vehicle higher steps operate as follow Step 1 Operating the air condition ing Step 2 Outside air position Step 3 Blowing air flow toward the windshield Step 4 Increasing air flow toward the windshield If your vehicle is equipped with the auto defogging system it is automat ically activated when the conditions are met However if you would like to cancel the auto defogging system press the front defroster button 4 times within
363. t This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the compliance label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passen gers GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the certification label located on the driver s door sill Se E ea AE a ne tae te ate ee ee ete een its Road warning 0 i605 coc s cose cesses see se 6 2 s Hazard warning flasher 0ececeeeee 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 3 e If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing 6 3 e If you have a flat tire while driving 6 3 e If engine stalls while driving 06 6 3 If the engine does not start 006 6 4 e If engine dose not turn over or turns over slowly 6 4 e If engine turns over normally but does not start 6 4 Emergency starting 65 6006 s6000c0s00s000006 6 5 Jump SEARLS See erste a e e vores AE Er 6 5 OJ FIN ETI eee 6 7 If the engine overheats 0 reoc 6 8 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS
364. t and the lens parts by turning the socket coun terclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the lens part 4 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 5 Insert a new bulb in the socket 6 Reassemble the socket and the lens part Maintenance 7 Connect the bulb electrical con 4 door nector 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Stop and tail light LED type if equipped If the light LED does not operate have the vehicle checked by an authorized Kia dealer OUB075113 i T OUB071036 Rear combination light bulb replacement 1 Stop and tail light 2 Rear turn signal light 3 Back up light 4 Tail light S E E EEO EE A E E E E E EE E Maintenance L 0UB071069K Outside light Rear turn signal light and tail stop light 4 door 1 Turn off the engine 2 Open the trunk lid 3 Remove the service cover by pulling out the service cover 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 8 Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole OUB071070K 4 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 5 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bu
365. t any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE 1 gro OUB061002 Jack and tools The spare tire jack jack handle and wheel lug nut wrench are stored in the luggage compartment Remove the luggage under tray out of the way to reach the equipment 1 Jack handle 2 Jack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a towing serv ice company for assistance Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support What to do in an emergenc Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack Make sure any children present are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack OUB061003 Removing and storing the spare tire Turn the tire hold down wing bolt counterclockwise Store the tire in the reverse order of removal
366. t data recorders 1 6 Introduction HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle Your Owner s Manual can assist you in many ways We strong ly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about fea tures important safety information and driving tips under various road conditions The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject it has an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sec tions plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You will find various types of safety instructions in this manual These instructions were prepared to enhance your personal safety Carefully read and follow ALL proce dures and recommendations provid ed in these instructions CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful information is being provid ed Introduction ee
367. t does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehi cle is in motion OUB031041N SRS components and func tions The SRS consists of the following components 1 Driver s front air bag module 2 Passenger s front air bag module 3 Side impact air bag modules 4 Curtain air bag modules 5 Retractor pre tensioner assem blies 6 Air bag warning light 7 SRS control module SRSCM 8 Front impact sensors 9 Side impact sensors Safety features of your vehicle 10 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF e The light does not turn on briefly Driver s front air bag 1 indicator Front passenger s seat when you turn the ignition ON only e The light stays on after illuminating 11 Occupant detection system for approximately 6 seconds Front passenger s seat only The light comes on while the vehi 12 Driver s and front passenger s cle is in motion seat belt buckle sensors 13 Anchor pre tensioner assem blies if equipped B240B01L The SRSCM continually monitors all The air bag modules are located SRS components while the ignition both in the center of the steering switch is ON to determine if a crash wheel and in the front passenger s impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds aft
368. t you can work with the Tire Mobility Kit away from moving traffic To be sure your vehicle will not move even when you re on fairly level ground always set your park ing brake Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for sealing inflation passenger car tires Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the tire mobil ity kit Do not use on motorcycles bicy cles or any other type of tires When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 0 24 in 6 mm Please contact the nearest Kia dealership if the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pres sure Do not remove any foreign objects such as nails or screws that have penetrated the tire Provided the car is outdoors leave the engine running Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at a time or it may overheat Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the ambient temperature is below 22F 30 C What to do in an emergenc Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing St
369. tact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passen ger s seat belt when the pre tension er activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some A the pressure on the affected seat elt 1KMB3311A The seat belt pre tensioner system consists mainly of the following com ponents Their locations are shown in the illustration 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module 4 Anchor pre tensioner assembly Both the driver s and front passen ger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions The pre tensioners will not be acti vated if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision NOTICE When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal operating condi tions and are not hazardous Safety features of your vehicle Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off If the pre tensioner seat belt does not work properly this warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag has not
370. tain air bags are designed to inflate in certain side impact collisions They may inflate in other type of collisions where a side force is detected by the sensors If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unim proved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment 1VQA2086 Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the pro tection of the seat belts in such col lisions Safety features of your vehicle OUN036087 e Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occu pants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit OUB035045N Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts front air bag deployment would not provide additional occu pant protection 1VQA2089 e In a slant or angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to pro vide any additional benefit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags fio Scce nese ses Ree ene ce asec ease te
371. tation Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful signal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal If this occurs select another station with a stronger signal e Multi Path Cancellation Radio signals being received from sever al directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close fre quencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Satellite radio reception You may experience difficulties in receiving Sirius XM Satellite Radio signals in the following situations C SATELITE1 ES e If you are driving in a tunnel or a covered parking area If you are driving beneath the top level of a multi level freeway If you drive under a bridge If you are driving next to a tall vehi cle such as a truck or a bus that blocks the signal If you are driving in a valley where the surrounding hills or peaks block the signal from the satellite e If you are driving on a mountain road where is the signal blocked by mountains Mountains Unobstructed area lron bridges SATELITE2 If you are driving in an area with tall trees that block the signal 30 ft 10m or more for example on an road that goes through a dense for est The signal can become weak in some are
372. tch is in the ON posi tion could cause the battery to discharge It is best to operate the blower when the engine is running OUB045120N Features of your vehicle OUB045121 Automatic heating and air condi tioning 1 Push the AUTO button The modes fan speeds air intake and air conditioning will be controlled automatically according to the temperature setting OUB045126 2 Set the temperature control knob to set the desired temperature NOTICE e To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the following Mode selection button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Air intake control button Fan speed control knob The selected function will be con trolled manually while other func tions operate automatically e For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23 C 73 F Features of your vehicle OUN026312 NOTICE Never place anything over the sen sor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heat ing and cooling system Manual heating and air condi tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected When pressing any button or turning any knob except the AUTO button whi
373. ted air position will be selected automatically OUB041107 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumb wheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OUB045108L Temperature control The temperature control knob allows you to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation sys tem To change the air temperature in the passenger compartment turn the knob to the right for warm air or left for cooler air io sccSaeses se ee ene cee eee ease teense scence eel Scene AE teases ele eae sea see ese ce aoe cee E e soo eee ceee sae ene ee see a ne eee eaene Features of your vehicle OUB045109 Air intake control This is used to select outside fresh air position or recirculated air posi tion To change the air intake control posi tion push the control button Recirculated air position The indicator light on the button illuminates when the recirculated air posi tion is selected With the recirculated air position selected air from passenger com partment will be drawn through the heating sys tem and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position The indicator light on the eD button will not illuminate d when the outside fresh 4 air position is selected With the outside fresh air position selected air ente
374. temperature control to the extreme left position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed CAUTION e When using the air condition ing system monitor the tem perature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air condition ing system operation may cause engine overheating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates engine over heating When opening the windows in humid weather air condition ing may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system operation you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning com pressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system per formance When using the air conditioning system you m
375. terference and 2 This device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Features of your vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Armed Va stage Disarmed stage Theft alarm stage This system is designed to provide protection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle This system is oper ated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theft alarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If triggered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights The THEFT ALARM SYSTEM is not applicable to the trunk lid on the 4 door sedan vehicles Armed stage Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the ignition switch and exit the vehicle 2 Make sure that all doors and tail gate and engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors by depressing the door lock button on the transmit ter or smart key The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed If any of the doors tailgate or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights won t flash and theft alarm will not arm After this
376. the compressor clip mounted side directly and then connect the fill ing hose 2 opposite side to the tire valve 3 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors 4 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the recomended tire inflation With the ignition swithched on proceed as follows To increase the inflation pres sure Switch on the compres sor position I To check the cur rent inflation pressure setting briefly switch off the compressor What to do in an emergency NOTICE The pressure gauge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tire pressure the compres sor needs to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Press the button 8 on the compressor hose CAUTION Tire pressure sensor When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by Kia the tire pres sure sensors may be damaged by sealant The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors in authorized dealer Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 10 A 1A at DC 12V operation Suitable for use at temperatures 22 158 F 30 70 Max working pressure 6 bar 87 psi Size Compressor 6 3 x 5 9 x 2 2 in 161 x 150 x 55 8 mm Sealant bottle 3 3 x 3 2 in
377. the cover and lift it 2 Fold the rear part of luggage tray board frontward 3 Lift up luggage tray board front ward Luggage tray board stand itself Features of your vehicle Increase cargo space if equipped If you want to increase cargo space 1 Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and lift it 2 Fold the rear part of the luggage tray board frontward 3 Lift the luggage tray board hinge and pull it to the end of sliding slot 4 Rotate it downward and slide it frontward refer to the above pictures fio scceaese seen eae tees eee eee ee aee scene tere toe Reese E eee eee ee eas ase eee ec eee eee eo E et oS eee E E ene ee eases Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES foune41152 Cigarette lighter if equipped For the cigarette lighter to work the ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON position To use the cigarette lighter push it all the way into its socket When the ele ment is heated the lighter will pop out to the ready position If it is necessary to replace the ciga rette lighter use only a genuine Kia replacement or its approved equiva lent e Do not hold the lighter in after it is already heated because it will overheat e If the lighter does not pop out with in 30 seconds remove it to prevent overheating CAUTION Cigarette lighter Do not insert accessories into the cigarette lighter socket Doing so can damage the lighter socket Ashtray if equippe
378. the occupant in a crash A WARNING Twisted seat belt Make sure your seat belt is not twisted when worn A twisted seat belt may not properly pro tect you in an accident and could even cut into your body A WARNING Damaged seat belt Replace the entire seat belt assembly if any part of the web bing or hardware is damaged as you can no longer be sure that a damaged seat belt will provide protection in a crash A WARNING Seat belt buckle Do not allow foreign maierial gum crumbs coins etc to obsiruct the seat belt buckle This may prevent the seat belt from fastening securely Safety features of your vehicle Conditions Warning Pattern Vehicle Chime Seat Belt Light Blink Speed 9 Sound Unbuckled 6 seconds Buckled 6 seconds None Below 3 mph 6 seconds None 5 km h Buckled gt 3 mph Unbuckled 6 mph Above 6 mph 6 sec on 24 sec off 1GQA2083 10 km h 11 times 6 seconds Seat belt warning for driver s seat eee ease Seat belt warning iver j j for front passenger s seat H ime ie PA Bones E The kan pene seat belt ing table when the ignition switch is Below 3 mph Stop warning light will activate to the fol in ON position 5 km h lowing table when the ignition switch is in ON position 1 Warning pattern repeats 11 times with an interval of 24 seconds If the driver s seat belt is buckled the lig
379. the central door lock switch is pressed if equipped Features of your vehicle Impact sensing door unlock system if equipped All doors will automatically unlock when an impact causes the air bags to deploy Auto door lock unlock feature if equipped e All doors will automatically lock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted out of P Park All doors will automatically unlock when the transaxle shift lever is shifted into P Park An authorized Kia dealer can acti vate or deactivate some auto door lock unlock features as follows e Auto door unlock by using the dri ver s door lock button e Auto door lock unlock by shifting the transaxle shift lever out of P Park or into P Park e Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch for smart key when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to the OFF position If you want to activate or deactivate some door lock unlock features con sult an authorized Kia dealer Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from acciden tally opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenev er children are in the vehicle 1 Open the rear door 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the hole and turn it to the lock posi tion The child safety lock 1 is located on the rear edge of the door When the child safety lock is in the l
380. the cruise control ON OFF button on the steer ing wheel is pushed The indicator goes off when the cruise control ON OFF button is pushed again For more Information refer to Cruise control system in section 5 Features of your vehicle Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator illuminates when the cruise function switch SET or RES is ON The cruise SET indicator in the instrument cluster illuminates when the cruise control switch SET or RES is pushed The cruise SET indicator does not illuminate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged Key reminder warning chime if equipped If the driver s door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed Features of your vehicle Electric power steering EPS system warning A light if equipped s This warning light illuminates after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go off when the engine starts This light also comes on when the EPS has malfunctioned If it comes on while driving have your vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia deal pS This warning light indicates the fuel filler cap is not tighten securely Always make sure that the fue
381. the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the bat tery when making connections 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehicle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharg ing is not apparent you should have your vehicle checked by an author ized Kia dealer What to do in an emergency Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emis sion control system Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates overheating you will experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine is probably too hot If this happens you should 1 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so 2 Place the shift lever in P automat ic transaxle or neutral manual transaxle and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off 3 If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is com ing out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there
382. the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tires for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres sure improper wheel alignment out of balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tire Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance Without a spare tire SS oe S2BLA790A Directional tires if equipped ES E e 6 CBGQ0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation Wheel alignment and tire bal ance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if yo
383. the vehicle stops 1st gear is automatically selected In Sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift auto matically e To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute cer tain gearshifts when the shift lever is operated When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the 1st gear OUB052059 Paddle shifter if equipped The paddle shifter is available when the shift lever is in the sport mode With the shift lever in the sports mode Pull the or paddle shifter once to shift up or down one gear NOTICE If you pull the and paddle shifters at the same time you can t shift the gear Driving your vehicle Shift lock system if equipped Shift lock override without smart key system For your safety the automatic transaxle has a shift lock system which prevents shifting the transaxle out of P Park unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transaxle from P Park into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with t
384. the vehicle is being towed What to do in an emergency IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls at a cross road or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehicle to a safe place If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driv ing 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immedi ately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed down to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flash ers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle or reverse manual transaxle 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the vehicle that is away from traffic 4 When changing a flat tire follow the instruction provided later in this section If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cau tiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start th
385. tion is selected If this happens have the cli mate control air filter replaced by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle NOTICE Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required When the air flow rate suddenly decreases we recommend that the system be checked by an author ized Kia dealer Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air con ditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air con ditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found we recommend that the sys tem be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING e For maximum defrosting set the temperature control to the extreme right hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost posi tion Before driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear win dow outside rear view mirrors and i a
386. tireeeeeeereteeeeesseeeesssteesssseeesserreesnerreens 6 20 Removing and storing the spare tireesereeeeeeeeeereees 6 15 Flat tite csscsstsccssiesssidsstneasevdssenesscavasscostensesvesssussustszsens 6 23 29 Floor mat anchor s esseseseeeeeeseseseeeeeesneneeeaeaeens 4 123 Fluid Automatic transaxle fluid lt sseeseeerseessceeseeeseeesseeeeees 7 40 Brakes clutch fluide sscescececeessessecesseceseeceeeesaesnseees 7 39 Washer fulget sii esseeri iii eskiekin 7 40 Folding the outside rearviwe Mirror eeeeeereeeeeeeeeeees 4 45 Folding the rear seat eeeeeeeeteeeestteeeeereeeseseseessesreesnerteens 3 10 Front passenger and rear seat belt sseee see seeseeesecesce sees 3 17 Front seat adjustment tererererererererererorererererorecerereroreeeeeeseeeee 3 4 Index n Fuel filler idiin oai srini 4 33 Fuel gaUge eeeeeteeeetttterserteeessteeeesseeeesssseesssseesneteessnten 4 48 Fuel requirements sssssssssssssesseseeessssnsenseeeessesneenenees 1 3 Frise isis EE E A T 7 65 Engine compartment panel fuse reeet 7 68 Fuse relay panel description sssssseeeeeeeesees 7 69 Instrument panel PUIG G secteves sdvecsncetenduenstenssicomendennesenmedsiane 7 66 Memory fuse s sss1sssssssesssessseessessesssssssessesseseessneseenseenes 7 67 Multi f se irei enpense erar setr nEs rE nE Sani eaa 7 68 G Gauge Engine coolant temperature GAUGE eeeeeeeeererereeees 4 48 Fuel gauge seeteerttereesstreeessseesessseessssstesss
387. to N Neutral position to D Drive position The engine will start and the green AUTO STOP Indicator A on the instrument cluster will go out after blinking for 5 seconds E Type A OUB051006 Auto Start A OUB051019 The engine will restart automati cally without the driver s any actions if the following occurs When the front defroster is on The brake vaccum pressure is low The battery charging status is low The vehicle speed exceeds 1 mph 1 6 km h S E ea AE a a ne tae te ate ee ete eects Driving your vehicle The fan speed is in the highest position when the air conditioning is on Engine is turned off by Auto Stop for a long time If you unfasten the seat belt or open the driver s door while depressing the brake pedal When a certain amount of time has passed with the climate control sys tem on The green AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will go out after blinking for 5 seconds and the notice will illuminate on the LCD display for type B cluster Condition of ISG system oper ation The ISG system will operate under the following condition The driver s seat belt is fastened The drivers door and hood are closed The brake vaccum pressure is ade quate The battery is sufficiently charged The outside temperature is more than 28 4 F 2 C The outside temperature is under 89 6 F 32 C The engine coolant temperat
388. trademark of Google Inc BlackBerry is a registered trademark of Research In Motion Limited RIM Features of your vehicle DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY FCC Warning This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a resi dential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interfer ence to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encour aged to try to correct the interference by one ormore of the following measures E Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna E Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver E Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected E Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Caution Any changes ormodifications to this device not explicitly approved by manufacturer could void your authority to operate this equipment This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the
389. u notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced CAUTION Wheel weight Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights Maintenance n OEN076053 Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 16 inch 1 6 mm of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect wheel speed When replacing tires all 4 tires must use the same size originally supplied with the vehi cle Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control if equipped to work irregularly NOTICE We recommend that when replacing tires use the same originally sup plied with the vehicles If not that affects driving performance Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tire Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tire as the one provide
390. uge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tire pressure the compres sor needs to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Loosen the screw cap 8 on the compressor hose What to do in an emergency CAUTION Tire pressure sensor When you use the Tire Mobility Kit including sealant not approved by Kia the tire pres sure sensors may be damaged by sealant The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors in authorized dealer Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suitable for use at temperatures 22 158 F 30 70 Max working pressure 87 psi 6 bar Size Compressor 6 7 x 5 9 x 2 4 in 170 x 150 x 60 mm Sealant bottle 3 3 x 3 0 in 85 x 77 mm Compressor weight 1 8 Ibs 0 8 kg Sealant volume 12 2 cu in 200 ml What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE TIRE MOBILITY KIT IF EQUIPPED lis B OUB065009N For safe operation carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use 1 Compressor 2 Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and the tire should be inspected by an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible CAUTION One sealant for one tire When two or more tires are flat do not use the tire
391. uminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and will go off ina few seconds after the engine is start ed If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to the nearest authorized Kia dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized Kia dealer promptly A CAUTION MIL illumination e Prolonged driving with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illuminated may cause dam age to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and or fuel econo my If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates potential catalytic converter damage This could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspected as soon as possible by an authorized Kia dealer Features of your vehicle ESC indicator Electronic Stability Control ee The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approxi mately 3 seconds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions under normal driving conditions the ESC light will remain off When a slip pery or low traction condition is encountered the ESC will operate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating If the ESC indicator stays on the ESC may have a malfu
392. ur vehicle A WARNING Unexpected seat movement After adjusting a manual seat always check that it is locked by shifting your weight to the front and back Sudden or unexpect ed movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle A WARNING Seat adjustment e Do not adjust the seat while wearing seat belts Moving the seat forward will cause strong pressure on the abdomen e Do not place your hand near the seat bottom or seat track while adjusting the seat Your hand could get caught in the seat mechanism OUB031002 Front seat adjustment Forward and backward A WARNING Small To move the seat forward or back Objects ward Use extreme caution when pick ing small objects trapped under an eer E adjustment the seats or between the seat ee _ and the center console Your 2 Slide the seat to the position you hands might be cut or injured desire by the sharp edges of the seats 3 Release the lever and make sure mechanism the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked secure ly by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked prop erly Safety features of your vehicle OUB031003 Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of
393. ur vehicle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean forward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sud den stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly Front seat Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while pressing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position Safety features of your vehicle B200A01NF You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips If the lap belt is locat
394. ure is not low The vehicle is on a flat road surface Auto Stop Function Limited OUB051067N If the ISG system does not meet that operation condition the ISG system is deactivated The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate If the light comes on continuously please check the operation condi tion Driving your vehicle Auto Stop Type B E 0UB051011 ISG system deactivation e If you want to deactivate the ISG system press the ISG OFF button The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and the notice will illuminate on the LCD display for type B cluster If you press the ISG OFF button again the system will be activated and the light on the ISG OFF but ton will turn off QUB051006 0UB051059 Check Auto Stop System OUB051023 ISG system malfunction The system may not operate when The ISG related sensors or system error occurs The yellow AUTO STOP indicator A on the instrument cluster will stay on after blinking for 5 seconds and the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate If your vehicle is equipped with clus ter type B cluster the notice will illu minate on the LCD display If the ISG OFF button light is not turned off by pressing the ISG OFF button again or if the ISG system continuously does not work correctly please contact an authorized Kia dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Engine Repair Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF
395. urrently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song Deletes file from list Select the file you wish to delete by using the TUNE knob Press the key and select the delete menu to delete the selected file Delete All Press the key gt Set S Del All through the TUNE knob or key Deletes all songs of My Music Delete Selection Press the key gt Set Del Sel through the TUNE knob or Gia key Songs within My Music are selected and deleted Select the songs you wish to delete from the list Jose aeses Se ee ene tees ease ose e eee se seeeeet E AE eee es ete eae sea tee esate aoe cee E E A ase setae ece seca eh eeee soca ee see eee Features of your vehicle After selecting press key and select the delete menu My Music e Even if memory is available a maximum of 6 000 songs can be stored e The same song can be copied up to 1 000 times e Memory info can be checked in the System menu of Setup AUX AUX is used to play external MEDIA currently connected with the AUX terminal AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connect ed with the AUX terminal If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode AUX mode cannot be started unless there is an external device connected to the AUX terminal AUX Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX terminal for use Bluetooth
396. using an accident Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS OUB051001 lIluminated ignition switch if equipped Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will illuminate for your convenience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on It will also go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed OTD059016 Ignition switch position LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft The ignition key can be removed only in the LOCK position When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the drivers seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in 1st gear for the manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are operative If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steer ing wheel right and left to release the tension ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started This is the normal running position after the engine is started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is n
397. ut or have a poor electrical connec tion in the circuit OAM049046N Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned to the on position after the headlights are turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the switch 1 to the off position When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Front Rear if equipped 5 door A Wiper speed control front HI High wiper speed LO Low wiper speed INT Intermittent wipe AUTO Automatic control wipe OFF Off MIST Single wipe B Intermittent control wipe time adjustment OAM049100L OAM049048N C Wash with brief wipes front D Rear wiper washer control ON Continuous wipe INT Intermittent wipe OFF Off E Wash with brief wipes rear if equipped lose nese ss eee ene aces ee eos e teen eseeee eee eel AE ease eee eee eae ease Seneca aoe cee eee E oo eee nseeeee esa em eee Snes aa aeee Features of your vehicle Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the igni tion switch is turned ON MIST For a single wiping cycle move the lever upward and release it The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is hel
398. utes after the heated steering wheel is turned on Jie sceeaeses se ee ene cea seca ose teense scence teeta cee AE eee ese te eae sea seee nea ce aoe cee E e soo eee e nsec eee ncaa ee scene seo see e Features of your vehicle If the ignition is turned off and then on again within a half hour while the heated steering wheel button is pressed the steering wheel heating system will remain on CAUTION Do not install any grip to oper ate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steering wheel do not use an organic solvent such as paint thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may dam age the surface of the steering wheel If the surface of steering wheel is damaged by sharp object damage to the heated steering wheel components could occur OUB041031 Horn To sound the horn press the horn symbol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly To sound the horn press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed Features of your vehicle MIRRORS Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you start driving Do not place objects in the rear seat which would interfere with your vision through the rear window
399. uthorized Kia dealer other switches off cover to prevent electrical fail 2 Remove the fuse box cover by ures which may occur from pressing the tap and pulling up the water leaking in cover When the blade type fuse is dis connected remove it by using the clip designed for changing fuses located in the engine room fuse box Upon removal securely insert reserve fuse of equal quantity Maintenance Fuse relay panel description A CAUTION Inside the fuse relay panel covers Visually inspect the battery cap You can find the fuse relay label to ensure it is securely closed describing fuse relay name and If the battery cap is not securely capacity closed moisture may enter the i system and damage the electri cal components NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label Pisce nese ssa ee ene eee eens e teense eee eee sete AE eae eee eee eae ea see Meee ce ae cee E oo Meee asee eee ease ema ne seemec se eee Maintenance USE THE DESIGNATED FUSE ONLY 91941 1WO020 potee Instrument panel fuse panel NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ depending on equip ment options OUB075064N Maintenance LAMP LAMP LH eeehe oaa Horni on Xie oApeerarsajanco od onc fev ney f U ie sino Ecu fo i Engine compartment
400. wattage correct bulbs and the expertise con sult an authorized Kia dealer In A CAUT l i many cases it is difficult to replace CAUTION A T vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must be removed Be sure to replace the burned before you can get to the bulb This is out bulb with one of the same especially true if you have to remove wattage rating Otherwise it the headlight assembly to get to the may cause damage to the fuse bulb s Removing installing the or electric wiring system headlight assembly can result in damage to the vehicle Pisce neces E ee ee ease teense eee eee eel ene See see eee eee te eae ease Meee ce ae cee E oo Meee ane eee Scam ee acne ease Maintenance E 4 door m 5 door Type A SS m OHD076046 Headlight position light turn signal light side marker light and front fog light bulb Headlight bulb replacement 4 door 1 Headlight High Low 2 Position light f 3 Front turn signal light OUB075052K 4 Front fog light e 5 door 1 Headlight High 2 Headlight Low 3 Front turn signal light 4 Position light 5 Front side marker 6 Front fog light if equipped Maintenance Always handle them carefully and avoid scratches and abrasions If the bulbs are lit avoid contact with liq uids Never touch the glass with bare hands Residual oil may cause the bulb to overheat and burst when lit A bulb should be operated on
401. with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and couplings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are pres ent Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage Maintenance es Air cleaner filter A Genuine Kia air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is replaced Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Valve clearance if equipped Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized Kia dealer should perform the operation Cooling system Check the cooling system compo nents such as the radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be changed at the intervals specified in the mainte nance schedule Manual transaxle fluid if equipped Inspect the manual transaxle fluid according to the maintenance sched ule Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped Automatic transaxle fluid should not be checked under normal usage conditions But in severe conditions the fluid should be changed at an authorized Kia dealer in accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the begin ning of this chapter NOTICE Automatic transaxle fluid color is basically red As the vehicle is dr
402. wner maintenance precau tions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section several procedures can be done only by an authorized Kia dealer with spe cial tools NOTICE Improper owner maintenance dur ing the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance proce dure have it done by an authorized Kia dealer Maintenance Se OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be per formed by the owner or an author ized Kia dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your deal er as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by war ranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Owner maintenance schedule When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check the coolant level in coolant reservoir e Check the windshield washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tires While operating your vehicle e Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle
403. y starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESC ESC OFF ESC or Parking brake warn ing light may turn on for a few sec onds This happens because of the low bat tery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning Features of your vehicle LCD display warning if equipped e For vehicle s equipped with smart key system Key is not in vehicle Key not in vehicle OUB043073 If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the engine start stop button in the ACC ON or START position the warning illuminates on the LCD dis play Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is not in the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key is not detected Key not detected OUB043074 If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the engine start stop button the warning illuminates on the LCD display for 10 seconds Also the immobilizer indi cator blinks for 10 seconds Press start with smart key Gam Please press start button with smart key OUB043075 If you press the engine start stop button while the warning Key is not detected is illuminated the warning Press the start button with smart key illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the immobiliz er indicator blinks for 10 seconds Features of your vehicle e For vehicle s equipped with smart ke
404. y list e If Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices are paired but none are currently connected pressing the key or the key on the steering wheel displays the follow ing screen Select Pair button to pair a new device or select Connect to connect a previously paired device Features of your vehicle Pairing through PHONE Setup Press the key gt Select Phone gt Select Pair Phone gt Select TUNE knob 1 The following steps are the same as those described in the section When No Devices have been Paired on the previous page Jose neces es eee ene ce eee ease teense a E eee Ste see oe eee eee sete eae ease dee ce ace cee eee ae eases eee eee oS Meee nseeeee ence eee ee A see e Bluetooth Wireless Technology features supported within the vehi cle are as follows Some features may not be supported depending on your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device Outgoing Incoming Handsfree calls Operations during a call Switch to Private Switch to call waiting MIC on off Downloading Call History Downloading Mobile Contacts Bluetooth Wireless Technology device auto connection Bluetooth Audio Streaming Up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices can be paired to the Car Handsfree system Only one Bluetooth device can be connected at a time Only one Bluetooth Wireless Technology device can be connected at a time Other devices cannot be paired while a Bluetooth Wireless Tech
405. y system Low key battery gji Low Key Battery OUB043076 If the engine start stop button changes to the OFF position when the smart key in the vehicle dis charges the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 sec onds Also the warning chime sounds once Replace the battery with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine for automatic transaxle a gt Press broke pedal to start engine OUB041077 If the engine start stop button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indi cate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Press clutch pedal to start engine for manual transaxle a gt Press clutch pedal to start engine OUB041078 If the engine start stop button turns to the ACC position twice by press ing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Features of your vehicle e For vehicle s equipped with smart key system Shift to P position for automatic transaxle Shift to P Position OUB041079 If you try to turn off the engine with out the shift lever in the P Park position the engine start stop button will turn to the ACC position If the button
406. your vehicle AM reception _ JBM002 AM broadcasts can be received at greater distances than FM broad casts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low fre quencies These long low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmosphere In addition they curve around obstruc tions so that they can provide better signal coverage FM radio station B Mountains I x JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are eas ily affected by buildings mountains or other obstructions These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can dis turb the signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears Features of your vehicle Station 2 88 1Mhz JBM005 S
407. zer function of an iPod when adjust ing the audio system s volume and turn off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of an iPod When not using iPod with car audio detach the iPod cable from iPod Otherwise iPod may remain in accessory mode and may not work properly Features of your vehicle Bluetooth Wireless Technology if equipped Bluetooth Wireless Technology The Bluetooth word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and any use of such marks by Kia is under license A Bluetooth enabled call phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Before Using the Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree What is Bluetooth Bluetooth refers to a short dis tance wireless networking technolo gy which uses a 2 4GHz 2 48GHz frequency to connect various devices within a certain distance Supported within PCs external devices Bluetooth phones PDAs various electronic devices and auto motive environments Bluetooth allows data to be transmitted at high speeds without having to use a con nector cable Bluetooth Handsfree refers to a device which allows the user to conveniently make phone calls with Bluetooth mobile phones through the audio system Bluetooth Handsfree may not be supported in some mobile phones To learn more about mobile device compatibility visit www kia com Features of your vehicle P

Owner`s Manual - Dealer e

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents